Spreadsheet: b765ce16-97de-47db-b0ac-bdd09ba0ea1c
Sheet: Sheet1

qty. | isbn | Cluster | authoreditor1_lastname | originators | title | subtitle | series_title | volume_number | edition_number | copyright_year | number_of_arabic_pages | term_cover_type | term_medium | bibliographic_information | springer_reference | price_eur_status | price_eur_net | price_eur_gross_d | price_eur_gross_a | price_gbp | price_chf | term_language1 | term_main_discipline | subject1 | [NAME] | bic_code1 | subject2 | term_subject2 | bic_code2 | term_bookstore | term_product_category | term_publisher_name | delivery_status_scsc | pub_date_planned | [NAME] | distribution_information | table_of_contents_short | info_text | usp_editorial | term_publication_class | discount_group_scsc | ebook_info_no_e_rights | ebook_package | term_ebook_package
 | 978-1-4471-5184-5 | Computer Science | Aldrich | [NAME]; Lidia Auret | Unsupervised Process Monitoring and Fault Diagnosis with Machine Learning Methods |  | Advances in Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition |  | 1 | 2013 | 374 | Hard cover | Book | XIX, 374 p. 208 illus., 151 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 79.95 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ |  |  |  | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Overview of Process Fault Diagnosis.- Artificial Neural Networks.- Statistical Learning Theory and Kernel-Based Methods.- Tree-Based Methods.- Fault Diagnosis in Steady State Process Systems.- Dynamic Process Monitoring.- Process Monitoring Using [NAME]. | This unique text/reference describes in detail the latest advances in unsupervised process monitoring and fault diagnosis with machine learning methods. Abundant case studies throughout the text demonstrate the efficacy of each method in real-world settings. The broad coverage examines such cutting-edge topics as the use of information theory to enhance unsupervised learning in tree-based methods, the extension of kernel methods to multiple kernel learning for feature extraction from data, and the incremental training of multilayer perceptrons to construct deep architectures for enhanced data projections. Topics and features: discusses machine learning frameworks based on artificial neural networks, statistical learning theory and kernel-based methods, and tree-based methods; examines the application of machine learning to steady state and dynamic operations, with a focus on unsupervised learning; describes the use of spectral methods in process fault diagnosis. | <p>Describes the latest developments in nonlinear methods and their application in fault diagnosis</p><p>Discusses in detail several advances in machine learning theory</p><p>Contains numerous case studies with real-world data from industry</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-37582-8 | Computer Science | Andrienko | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Visual Analytics of Movement |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 397 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 397 p. 200 illus., 178 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18024 | Database Management | UN | [NAME] | Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery | UNF | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Conceptual framework.- Transformations of movement data.- Visual analytics infrastructure.- Visual analytics focusing on movers.- Visual analytics focusing on spatial events.- Visual analytics focusing on space.- Visual analytics focusing on time.- Discussion and outlook. | Many important planning decisions in society and business depend on proper knowledge and a correct understanding of movement, be it in transportation, logistics, biology, or the life sciences. Today the widespread use of mobile phones and technologies like GPS and RFID provides an immense amount of data on location and movement.  What is needed are new methods of visualization and algorithmic data analysis that are tightly integrated and complement each other to allow end-users and analysts to extract useful knowledge from these extremely large data volumes.This is exactly the topic of this book. As the authors show, modern visual analytics techniques are ready to tackle the enormous challenges brought about by movement data, and the technology and software needed to exploit them are available today.The authors start by illustrating the different kinds of data available to describe movement, from individual trajectories of single objects to multiple trajectories of many objects, and then proceed to detail a conceptual framework, which provides the basis for a fundamental understanding of movement data. With this basis, they move on to more practical and technical aspects, focusing on how to transform movement data to make it more useful, and on the infrastructure necessary for performing visual analytics in practice. In so doing they demonstrate that visual analytics of movement data can yield exciting insights into the behavior of moving persons and objects, but can also lead to an understanding of the events that transpire when things move. Throughout the book, they use sample applications from various domains and illustrate the examples with graphical depictions of both the interactive displays and the analysis results. In summary, readers will benefit from this detailed description of the state of the art in visual analytics in various ways. Researchers will appreciate the scientific precision involved, software technologists will find essential information on algorithms and systems, and practitioners will profit from readily accessible examples with detailed illustrations for practical purposes. | <p>Presents a multidisciplinary approach, combining methods from e.g. visualization, data mining, cartography, and geographical information science</p><p>Introduces a general conceptual framework for the analysis of movement data from various sources</p><p>Illustrates all algorithms and methods with the help of sample applications from various domains</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38202-4 | Computer Science | Ang | [NAME]; Kah Phooi Seng; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Wireless Multimedia Sensor Networks on Reconfigurable Hardware | Information Reduction Techniques |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 276 | Hard cover | Book | X, 276 p. 158 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | 96.29 | 98.99 | 81 | 120 | English | Computer Science | SCI22021 | Image Processing and Computer Vision | UYT | SCT24000 | Electrical Engineering | THR | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chap. 1 Introduction.- Chap. 2 Wireless Multimedia Sensor Network Technology.- Chap. 3  Hardware Technology and Programming Languages for Reconfigurable Devices.- Chap. 4  FPGA Wireless Multimedia Sensor [NAME]. 5 Single-View Information Reduction Techniques for WMSN Using Event Detection.- Chap. 6 Single-View Information Reduction Techniques for WMSN Using Event Compression.- Chap. 7 Multiple-View Information Reduction Techniques for WMSN Using Image Stitching.- Appendix.- References. | Traditional wireless sensor networks (WSNs) capture scalar data such as temperature, vibration, pressure, or humidity. Motivated by the success of WSNs and also with the emergence of new technology in the form of low-cost image sensors, researchers have proposed combining image and audio sensors with WSNs to form wireless multimedia sensor networks (WMSNs). This introduces practical and research challenges, because multimedia sensors, particularly image sensors, generate huge amounts of data to be processed and distributed within the network, while sensor nodes have restricted battery power and hardware resources. This book describes how reconfigurable hardware technologies such as field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) offer cost-effective, flexible platforms for implementing WMSNs, with a main focus on developing efficient algorithms and architectures for information reduction, including event detection, event compression, and multicamera processing for hardware implementations. The authors include a comprehensive review of wireless multimedia sensor networks, a complete specification of a very low-complexity, low-memory FPGA WMSN node processor, and several case studies that illustrate information reduction algorithms for visual event compression, detection, and fusion.  The book will be of interest to academic researchers, R&D engineers, and computer science and engineering graduate students engaged with signal and video processing, computer vision, embedded systems, and sensor networks. | <p>Focus on efficient algorithms and architectures for information reduction </p><p>Includes comprehensive review of wireless multimedia sensor network </p><p>Benefits researchers and engineers in image processing and wireless sensor networks</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38873-6 | Computer Science | Bernardo | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Formal Methods for Dynamical Systems | 13th International School on Formal Methods for the Design of Computer, Communication, and Software Systems, SFM 2013, Bertinoro, Italy, June 17-22, 2013. [NAME] | Lecture Notes in Computer Science | 7938 | 1 | 2013 | 181 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 181 p. 49 illus. | 0 | final | 46 | 49.22 | 50.6 | 41.99 | 61.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14029 | Software Engineering | UMZ | SCI1603X | Logics and Meanings of Programs | UM | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-06-03 00:00:00 | 2013-06-07 00:00:00 |  | Chaotic dynamics.- Information theory.- Systems biology.- Hybrid systems.- Quantum computing.- Automata-based models and model checking. | This book presents 5 tutorial lectures given by leading researchers at the 13th edition of the International School on Formal Methods for the Design of Computer, Communication and Software Systems, SFM 2013, held in Bertinoro, Italy, in June 2013. SFM 2013 was devoted to dynamical systems and covered several topics including chaotic dynamics; information theory; systems biology; hybrid systems; quantum computing; and automata-based models and model checking. | <p>Made for students, researchers, and practitioners </p><p>Original, readable, and useful lecture notes </p><p>Thoroughly revised tutorials given at the 13th International School on Formal Methods for the Design of Computer, Communication, and Software Systems (SFM 2013)</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-1146-8 | Computer Science | Blockeel | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Predictive Clustering |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | V, 240p. | 0 | approx. | 74.95 | 80.2 | 82.45 | 66.99 | 105.5 | English | Computer Science | [NAME] | Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery | UNF | SCS14000 | Statistics for Engineering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences | PBT | Professional Computing | Professional book | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- What is predictive clustering?.- Motivation: A variety of predictive learning tasks.- Some basic approaches to prediction and clustering.- Formalizing predictive clustering.- Predictive clustering trees.- Predictive clustering rules.- Distances and prototype functions.- Predictive Clustering with Constraints.- Relational PCTs.- Applications in environmental sciences.- Applications in bioinformatics.- Clus | This book introduces a novel paradigm for machine learning and data mining called predictive clustering, which covers a broad variety of learning tasks and offers a fresh perspective on existing techniques.  The book presents an informal introduction to predictive clustering, describing learning tasks and settings, and then continues with a formal description of the paradigm, explaining algorithms for learning predictive clustering trees and predictive clustering rules, as well as presenting the applicability of these learning techniques to a broad range of tasks. Variants of decision tree learning algorithms are also introduced.  Finally, the book offers several significant applications in ecology and bio-informatics.  The book is written in a straightforward and easy-to-understand manner, aimed at varied readership, ranging from researchers with an interest in machine learning techniques to practitioners of data mining technology in the areas of ecology and bioinformatics. | <p>Features a new data mining approach: predictive clustering trees and rules</p><p>Presents a higher efficiency of the learning and prediction process</p><p>Provides straightforward content in an easy-to-understand manner</p> | Professionals | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-7517-0 | Computer Science | Bouguettaya | [NAME]; [NAME]; Florian Daniel | Web Services Foundations |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 700 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 700 p. 205 illus. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18040 | Information Systems Applications (incl. Internet) | UNH | SCI18024 | Database Management | UN | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Web Services and Business Processes: A Round Trip.- RESTful Web Services: Principles, Patterns, Emerging Technologies.- Conceptual Design of Sound, Custom Composition Languages.- Service-Oriented Programming with Jolie.- From Artifacts to Activities.- On the Composability of Semantic Web Service.- Semantic Web Service Composition: the Web Service Challenge Perspective.- Automated Service Composition Based on Behaviors: The Roman Model.- Behavioral Service Substitution.- Web Service Adaptation: [NAME] and Semi-Automated Approach to Mismatch Identification and Adapter Development.- Transformation Framework for Consistent Evolution of UML.- Behavioral Elements into BPMN Design Element.- Context-Aware Services Engineering for Service-Oriented Architectures.- Service Selection in Web Service Composition: A Comparative Review of Existing Approaches.- QoS Analysis in Service Oriented Computing.- QoS-based Service Selection.- Composition of Web Services: from Qualitative to Quantitative Timed Properties.- Adaptive Composition and QoS Optimization of Conversational Services through Graph Planning Encoding.- Automated Negotiation Among Web services.- DRAAS: Dynamically Reconfigurable Architecture for Autonomic Services.- Comprehensive Variability Modeling and Management for Customizable Process-Based Service Compositions.- Software Product Line Engineering to [NAME] Web Services.- QoS-aware Web Service Recommendation via Collaborative Filtering.- On Bootstrapping Web Service Recommendation.- An Approach for Service Discovery and Recommendation using Contexts.- Data Transformation Knowledge Reuse in Spreadsheet-based Mashup Development Platform.- A Unified RGPS-Based Approach Supporting Service-Oriented Process Customization.- Assisted Mashup Development: On the Discovery and Recommendation of Mashup Composition Knowledge.- End Users Developing Mashups. | Web services and Service-Oriented Computing (SOC) have become thriving areas of academic research, joint university/industry research projects, and novel IT products on the market. SOC is the computing paradigm that uses Web services as building blocks for the engineering of composite, distributed applications out of the reusable application logic encapsulated by Web services. Web services could be considered the best-known and most standardized technology in use today for distributed computing over the Internet.  Web Services Foundations is the first installment of a two-book collection covering the state-of-the-art of both theoretical and practical aspects of Web services and SOC research. This book specifically focuses on the foundations of Web services and SOC and covers - among others - Web service composition, non-functional aspects of Web services, Web service selection and recommendation, and assisted Web service composition.  The editors collect advanced topics in the second book of the collection, Advanced Web Services, (Springer, 2013). Both books together comprise approximately 1400 pages and are the result of an enormous community effort that involved more than 100 authors, comprising the world’s leading experts in this field. | <p>Most comprehensive state-of-the-art collection on Service-Oriented Computing on the market</p><p>Sample topics include Web service composition, non-functional aspects of Web services, and assisted Web service composition </p><p>Contributions from renowned and established experts in the field </p> | Science | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-7534-7 | Computer Science | Bouguettaya | [NAME]; [NAME]; Florian Daniel | Advanced Web Services |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 633 | Hard cover | Book | XIX, 633 p. 216 illus. | 0 | approx. | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126.5 | 186.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18040 | Information Systems Applications (incl. Internet) | UNH | SCI18024 | Database Management | UN | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Design and Management of Web Service Transactions with Forward Recovery.- A Generic Framework for Testing the Web Services Transaction.- Universal Identity Management Based on Delegation in SOA.- The Roadmap of Trust and Trust Evaluation in Web Applications and Web Services.- Web Service-based Trust Management in Cloud Environments.- Web Service Contracts: Specification and Matchmaking.- A Certification-Aware Service-Oriented Architecture.- A Test Automation Framework for Collaborative Testing of Web Service Dynamic Compositions.- WSDARWIN: Studying the Evolution of Web Service Systems.- SCML: A Change Management Language for Adaptive Long Term Composed Services.- A Semantic-based Approach to Generate Abstract Services for Service Organization.- Exploring Service Networks of Biological Processes on the Web.- Automating Tendering Processes with Web Services: A Case Study on Building Construction Tendering in Hong Kong.- Service Trust Management for E-Government Applications.- Trust-Oriented Service Provider Selection in Complex OnlineSocial Networks.- AnalyzingWeb Services Networks: Theory and Practice.- Work as a Service.- Virtualizing Software and Human for Elastic Hybrid Services.- Realizing a Social Ecosystem of Web Services.- ubiREST: A RESTful Service-oriented Middleware for Ubiquitous Networking.- MobileWeb and [NAME]: Portable Automated Deployment and Management of Cloud Applications.- A V-Model Approach for Business Process Requirements Elicitation in Cloud Design.- Cloud-based Systems Need Multi-level Management.- Web Services for Things. | Web services and Service-Oriented Computing (SOC) have become thriving areas of academic research, joint university/industry research projects, and novel IT products on the market. SOC is the computing paradigm that uses Web services as building blocks for the engineering of composite, distributed applications out of the reusable application logic encapsulated by Web services. Web services could be considered the best-known and most standardized technology in use today for distributed computing over the Internet. This book is the second installment of a two-book collection covering the state-of-the-art of both theoretical and practical aspects of Web services and SOC research and deployments. Advanced Web Services specifically focuses on advanced topics of Web services and SOC and covers topics including Web services transactions, security and trust, Web service management, real-world case studies, and novel perspectives and future directions. The editors present foundational topics in the first book of the collection, Web Services Foundations (Springer, 2013). Together, both books comprise approximately 1400 pages and are the result of an enormous community effort that involved more than 100 authors, comprising the world’s leading experts in this field. | <p>Most comprehensive state-of-the-art collection on Service-Oriented Computing on the market </p><p>Sample topics include security and trust, Web service management, and real-world case studies </p><p>Contributions from renowned and established experts in the field</p> | Science | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5229-3 | Computer Science | Campisi | Patrizio Campisi | Security and Privacy in Biometrics |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 436 | Hard cover | Book | X, 436 p. 114 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI22040 | Biometrics | UYQP | SCI15033 | Data Encryption | URY | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-05 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Design Aspects of Secure Biometric Systems and Biometrics in the Encrypted Domain.- Beyond PKI.- Fuzzy Sketches for Protecting Biometric Templates.- Privacy Leakage in Binary Biometric Systems.- Obtaining Cryptographic Keys Using Multi-Biometrics.- Privacy-Aware Processing of Biometric Templates by Means of Secure Two-Party Computation.- Fingerprint Template Protection.- [NAME] Encryption.- Smart Cards to Enhance Security and Privacy in Biometrics.- Two Efficient Architectures for [NAME] While Taking Care Of Their Privacy.- Standards for Biometric Data Protection.- Nameless and Faceless.- Best Practices for Privacy and Data Protection for the Processing of Biometric Data.- Biometrics and the Challenge to Human Rights in Europe.- Recommendations on the Use of Biometric Technology. | This important text/reference presents the latest secure and privacy-compliant techniques in automatic human recognition. Featuring viewpoints from an international selection of experts in the field, the comprehensive coverage spans both theory and practical implementations, taking into consideration all ethical and legal issues. Topics and features: presents a unique focus on novel approaches and new architectures for unimodal and multimodal template protection; examines signal processing techniques in the encrypted domain, security and privacy leakage assessment, and aspects of standardization; describes real-world applications, from face and fingerprint-based user recognition, to biometrics-based electronic documents, and biometric systems employing smart cards; reviews the ethical implications of the ubiquity of biometrics in everyday life, and its impact on human dignity; provides guidance on best practices for the processing of biometric data within a legal framework. | <p>Provides an overview of the most recent privacy-enhancing techniques for biometric-based recognition systems</p><p>Presents real-world applications of biometric-based recognition systems</p><p>Covers ethical, legal, and procedural aspects</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-37746-4 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | The Deductive Spreadsheet |  | Cognitive Technologies |  | 1 | 2013 | 404 | Hard cover | Book | XXI, 404 p. 98 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18008 | Information Systems and Communication Service | UT | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chap. 1 Introduction.- Chap. 2  Requirements.- Part I. Deductive Engine.- Chap. 3 The Traditional Spreadsheet.- Chap. 4 The Relational Spreadsheet.- Chap. 5 The Logical Spreadsheet.- Chap. 6 The Deductive Spreadsheet.- Part II. User Interface 184.- Chap. 7 The Traditional Interface.- Chap. 8 Cognitive Interface Design.- Chap. 9 Toward a Deductive Interface.- Chap. 10 Preliminary Experiments.- Chap. 11 Future Developments. | This book describes recent multidisciplinary research at the confluence of the fields of logic programming, database theory and human-computer interaction. The goal of this effort was to develop the basis of a deductive spreadsheet, a user productivity application that allows users without formal training in computer science to make decisions about generic data in the same simple way they currently use spreadsheets to make decisions about numerical data. The result is an elegant design supported by the most recent developments in the above disciplines.The first half of the book focuses on the deductive engine that underlies this application, the foundations that users do not see. After giving a mathematical model of traditional spreadsheet applications, we extend them with operators to perform a number of relational tasks, similar to the user view of a database but in a spreadsheet context. Expressing this extension in a logic programming framework is a natural step towards giving it powerful deductive capabilities. The second half of the book deals with the user interface, the part of the application with which the user actually interacts. We review the elements of the graphical user interface of traditional spreadsheet applications and describe practical methodologies for designing user interfaces borrowed from the field of cognitive psychology. We then propose a design that conservatively integrates mechanisms for a user to take advantage of the new deductive capabilities. This is followed by the results of some preliminary usability experiments.The book will appeal to researchers and practitioners in the various areas underlying this work. Researchers will not only find interesting new developments in their domains, but will also learn how to achieve a multidisciplinary focus. Practitioners will find fully developed solutions to numerous problems that are not easily solvable using traditional spreadsheet applications. | <p>Describes an elegant design supported by the most recent developments</p><p>Appeals to researchers and practitioners</p><p>Multidisciplinary topic related to logic programming, database theory and human-computer interaction</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-7668-9 | Computer Science | Cervone | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Data Mining for Geoinformatics | Methods and Applications |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 172 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 172 p. 63 illus., 35 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | [NAME] | Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery | UNF | SCI18024 | Database Management | UN | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Computation in Hyperspectral Imagery (HSI) Data Analysis: Role and Opportunities.- Toward Understanding Tornado Formation Through Spatiotemporal Data Mining.- Source Term Estimation for the 2011 Fukushima Nuclear Accident.- GIS-based Traffic Simulation using OSM.- Evaluation of Real-time Traffic Applications based on Data Stream Mining.- Geospatial Visual Analytics of Traffic and Weather Data for Better Winter Road Management.- Exploratory visualization of collective mobile objects data using temporal granularity and spatial similarity. | The rate at which geospatial data is being generated exceeds our computational capabilities to extract patterns for the understanding of a dynamically changing world. Geoinformatics and data mining focuses on the development and implementation of computational algorithms to solve these problems.   This unique volume contains a collection of chapters on state-of-the-art data mining techniques applied to geoinformatic problems of high complexity and important societal value. Data Mining for Geoinformatics addresses current concerns and developments relating to spatio-temporal data mining issues in remotely-sensed data, problems in meteorological data such as tornado formation, estimation of radiation from the [NAME] nuclear power plant, simulations of traffic data using OpenStreetMap, real time traffic applications of data stream mining, visual analytics of traffic and weather data and the exploratory visualization of collective, mobile objects such as the flocking behavior of wild chickens.  This book is designed for researchers and advanced-level students focused on computer science, earth science and geography as a reference or secondary text book. Practitioners working in the areas of data mining and geoscience will also find this book to be a valuable reference. | <p>Presents a series of geoinformatic techniques and methodologies to solve real world problems of important societal value</p><p>Provides geoinformatic algorithms necessary to extract knowledge from massive amounts of geographically distributed data</p><p>Bridges fields together such as GIS, statistics, machine learning, remote sensing, natural hazards, earth and atmospheric sciences</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38214-7 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME] [NAME]; [NAME] | Belief-based Stability in Coalition Formation with Uncertainty | An Intelligent Agents' Perspective |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 200 | Hard cover | Book | 200 p. 20 illus. | 0 | approx. | 79.95 | 85.55 | 87.95 | 72 | 115 | English | Computer Science | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | SCM13011 | Game Theory, Economics, Social and [NAME]. Sciences | PBUD | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  | Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press | Game Theoretic Analysis of Coalition Formation.- Strong Core and Weak Core.- b-Core.- An Example Application of the b-Core.- The Complete Picture—the sb-Core and the wb-Core. | Belief-based Stability in Coalition Formation with Uncertainty An Intelligent Agents’ Perspective discusses coalition stability. It extends the classic stability concept of the non-transferable utility core by proposing new belief-based stability criteria under uncertainty, and illustrates how the new concept can be used to analyze the stability of a new type of belief-based coalition formation game. The book is intended for graduate students, engineers, and researchers in the field of artificial intelligence and computer science.[NAME] [NAME] is a laboratory manager and a visiting lecturer at the Hong Kong Polytechnic University, China; [NAME] is a Professor and the Chairman of Department of Computer Science and Engineering, The Chinese University of Hong Kong, China. | <p>First attempt to model uncertainty in belief based coalition formation</p><p>Application in buyer coalition problems</p><p>Multiple illustrating examples</p> | Science | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-7091-0893-2 | Computer Science | Chbeir | [NAME]; [NAME] | Security and Privacy Preserving in Social Networks |  | Lecture Notes in Social Networks |  | 1 | 2013 | 310 | Hard cover | Book | X, 310 p. 107 illus., 66 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14050 | Systems and Data Security | UR | SCP33000 | Statistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and Complexity | PHS | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer Vienna | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Privacy in Online Social Networks.- Online Social Networks: Privacy Threats and Defenses.- Online Social Networks and Terrorism: Threats and Defenses.- User-Managed Access Control in Web Based Social Networks.- UPP+: A Flexible User Privacy Policy for Social Networking Services.- Social Semantic Network-Based Access Control.- Supporting Data Privacy in P2P Systems.- Privacy Preserving Reputation Management in Social Networks.- Security and Privacy Issues in Mobile Social Networks.- Avatar Facial Biometric Authentication Using Wavelet Local Binary Patterns.- A Flexible Image-Based Access Control Model for Social Networks.- Problems and Questions. | This volume aims at assessing the current approaches and technologies, as well as to outline the major challenges and future perspectives related to the security and privacy protection of social networks. It provides the reader with an overview of the state-of-the art techniques, studies, and approaches as well as outlining future directions in this field. A wide range of interdisciplinary contributions from various research groups ensures for a balanced and complete perspective. | <p>First time that experts in the field have addressed this topic in such depth </p><p>Numerous examples will be of use to both the reader and lecturer in explaining the material </p><p>Numerous diagrams and illustrations help to clarify the topics to the reader </p><p>Interdisciplinary coverage of the topic ensures comprehensive treatment</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5127-2 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Mapping Scientific Frontiers | The Quest for Knowledge Visualization |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 342 | Hard cover | Book | XXXVII, 342 p. 232 illus., 148 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.95 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI15017 | Data Structures | UMB | SCI18008 | Information Systems and Communication Service | UT | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword by Henry Small.- Preface to Second Edition.- Acknowledgements.- List of Abbreviations.- List of Figures.- The Dynamics of Scientific Knowledge.- Mapping the Universe.- Mapping Association.- Trajectories of Search.- The Structure and Dynamics of Scientific Knowledge.- Tracing Competing Paradigms.- Tracking Latent Domain Knowledge.- Mapping Science.- Visual Analytics.- Index. | This is an examination of the history and the state of the art of the quest for visualizing scientific knowledge and the dynamics of its development. Through an interdisciplinary perspective this book presents profound visions, pivotal advances, and insightful contributions made by generations of researchers and professionals, which portrays a holistic view of the underlying principles and mechanisms of the development of science. This updated and extended second edition:highlights the latest advances in mapping scientific frontiersexamines the foundations of strategies, principles, and design patternsprovides an integrated and holistic account of major developments across disciplinary boundaries“Anyone who tries to follow the exponential growth of the literature on citation analysis and scientometrics knows how difficult it is to keep pace. [NAME] has identified the significant methods and applications in visual graphics and made them clear to the uninitiated. [NAME] would have loved this book which not only pays homage to him but also to the key players in information science and a wide variety of others in the sociology and history of science.”– [NAME] Garfield“This is a wide ranging book on information visualization, with a specific focus on science mapping. Science mapping is still in its infancy and many intellectual challenges remain to be investigated and many of which are outlined in the final chapter. In this new edition [NAME] has provided an essential text, useful both as a primer for new entrants and as a comprehensive overview of recent developments for the seasoned practitioner.”– [NAME] is a Professor in the College of Information Science and Technology at Drexel University, Philadelphia, USA, and a ChangJiang Scholar at Dalian University of Technology, Dalian, China. He is the Editor-in-Chief of Information Visualization and the author of Turning Points: The Nature of Creativity (Springer, 2012) and Information Visualization: Beyond the Horizon (Springer, 2004, 2006). | <p>Highlights the latest advances in mapping scientific frontiers</p><p>Examines the foundations of strategies, principles, and design patterns</p><p>Provides an integrated and holistic account of major developments across disciplinary boundaries</p><p>With a Foreword by [NAME] | Science | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-39249-8 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] der [NAME] | RoboCup 2012: Robot  Soccer World Cup XVI |  | Lecture Notes in Computer Science | 7500 | 1 | 2013 | 394 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 394 p. 183 illus. | 0 | final | 62 | 66.34 | 68.2 | 55.99 | 83 | English | Computer Science | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-06-13 00:00:00 |  |  | Robot hardware and software.- Perception and action.-Robotic cognition and learning.- Multi-robot systems.- Human-robot interaction.- Education and edutainment.-Applications. | This book includes the thoroughly refereed post-conference proceedings of the 16th Annual RoboCup International Symposium, held in Mexico City, Mexico, in June 2012. The 24 revised papers presented together with nine champion team papers and one best paper award were carefully reviewed and selected from 64 submissions. The papers present current research and educational activities within the fields of Robotics and Artificial Intelligence with a special focus to robot hardware and software, perception and action, robotic cognition and learning, multi-robot systems, human-robot interaction, education and edutainment, and applications. | <p>Fast-track conference proceedings </p><p>State-of-the-art research </p><p>Up-to-date results</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5369-6 | Computer Science | Childs | [NAME]; Anna Peachey | Understanding Learning in Virtual Worlds |  | Human–Computer Interaction Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 179 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 179 p. 39 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 59.95 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | SCI24032 | Computers and Education | JNV | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Editors’ Introduction.- An Alternative (to) Reality.- Guidelines for Conducting Text Based Interviews in Virtual Worlds.- Designing for Hybrid Learning Environments in a Science Museum: Inter-professional Conceptualisations of Space.- An Examination of Student Engagement, Knowledge Creation and Expansive Learning in a Virtual World.- The Strength of Cohesive Ties: Discursive Construction of an Online Learning Community.- +SPACES: Serious Games for Role-Playing Government Policies.- Avatars, Art and Aspirations: The Creative Potential for Learning in the Virtual World.- Second Language Acquisition by Immersive and Collaborative Task-based Learning in a Virtual World.- Do Virtual [NAME]?. | Since the publication of the companion volume Researching Learning in Virtual Worlds in 2010, there has been a growth not only in the range and number of educational initiatives taking place in virtual worlds, but also in the depth of analysis of the nature of that education. Understanding Learning in Virtual [NAME] reflects those changes through a collection of chapters that are extended versions of research presented at the second Researching Learning in Virtual Environments conference (ReLIVE 11), an international conference hosted by the Open University UK.Included in this book are chapters that explore the philosophical and methodological underpinnings of understanding learning in virtual worlds, identify and analyse the factors that support learning in these environments, and present case studies that demonstrate some of the various ways in which virtual worlds can be applied to facilitate learning and teaching. The links between learning in a virtual world and learning in the physical world are made apparent throughout, and the authors reveal how understanding learning in one informs the other. Understanding Learning in Virtual [NAME] is an important book not only to those who teach in virtual worlds, but to anyone for whom understanding learning, in all its forms, is of interest. | <p>Presents recent developments in understanding how learning in virtual worlds occurs</p><p>Includes case studies on the application of virtual worlds in education</p><p>Addresses the teaching of a variety of subject disciplines in virtual worlds</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-17326-4 | Computer Science | Cicalese | [NAME] | Fault-Tolerant Search Algorithms | Reliable Computation with Unreliable Information | Monographs in Theoretical Computer Science. An EATCS Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 190 | Hard cover | Book | X, 190 p. | 0 | approx. | 79.95 | 85.55 | 87.95 | 72 | 115 | English | Computer Science | SCI16005 | Theory of Computation | UY | SCM14018 | Algorithms | PBKS | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Prologue.- Fault-Tolerant Search à la Ulam-Rényi.- Adaptive vs. Nonadaptive Search.- Weighted Errors Over a General Channel.- Variations on a Theme of Ulam and Rényi.- Time-outs.- Broadcast and Learning.- References.- Index. | Why a book on fault-tolerant search algorithms? Searching is one of the fundamental problems in computer science. Time and again algorithmic and combinatorial issues originally studied in the context of search find application in the most diverse areas of computer science and discrete mathematics. On the other hand, fault-tolerance is a necessary ingredient of computing.  Due to their inherent complexity, information systems are naturally prone to errors, which may appear at any level – as imprecisions in the data, bugs in the software, or transient or permanent hardware failures. This book provides a concise, rigorous and up-to-date account of different approaches to fault-tolerance in the context of algorithmic search theory.  Thanks to their basic structure, search problems offer insights into how fault-tolerant techniques may be applied in various scenarios. In the first part of the book, a paradigmatic model for fault-tolerant search is presented, the [NAME]—Rényi problem. Following a didactic approach, the author takes the reader on a tour of Ulam—Rényi problem variants of increasing complexity. In the context of this basic model, fundamental combinatorial and algorithmic issues in the design of fault-tolerant search procedures are discussed. The algorithmic efficiency achievable is analyzed with respect to the statistical nature of the error sources, and the amount of information on which the search algorithm bases its decisions. In the second part of the book, more general models of faults and fault-tolerance are considered. Special attention is given to the application of fault-tolerant search procedures to specific problems in distributed computing, bioinformatics and computational learning. This book will be of special value to researchers from the areas of combinatorial search and fault-tolerant computation, but also to researchers in learning andcoding theory, databases, and artificial intelligence. Only basic training in discrete mathematics is assumed. Parts of the book can be used as the basis for specialized graduate courses on combinatorial search, or as supporting material for a graduate or undergraduate course on error-correcting codes. | <p>Will be of value to researchers engaged with the theories of search and fault-tolerant computation</p><p>The author puts a special emphasis throughout on algorithmic efficiency</p><p>Is supported throughout with exercises and pointers to background literature</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5291-0 | Computer Science | Ciubotaru | [NAME]; Gabriel-Miro Muntean | Advanced Network Programming – Principles and Techniques | Network Application Programming with [NAME] | Computer Communications and Networks |  | 1 | 2013 | 264 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 264 p. 72 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 59.95 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | SCI14010 | Programming Techniques | UM | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-24 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Network Architectures.- Network Communications Protocols and Services.- Basic Network Programming.- Sockets.- Socket-Based Client Server Communication.- Support for Communication-Based Services.- Server-Side Network Programming.- Client-Side Network Programming.- Advanced Client-Server Network Programming.- Conclusion. | Answering the need for an accessible overview of the field, this text/reference presents a manageable introduction to both the theoretical and practical aspects of computer networks and network programming. Clearly structured and easy to follow, the book describes cutting-edge developments in network architectures, communication protocols, and programming techniques and models, supported by code examples for hands-on practice with creating network-based applications. Features: presents detailed coverage of network architectures; gently introduces the reader to the basic ideas underpinning computer networking, before gradually building up to more advanced concepts; provides numerous step-by-step descriptions of practical examples; examines a range of network programming techniques; reviews network-based data storage and multimedia transfer; includes an extensive set of practical code examples, together with detailed comments and explanations. | <p>Gently introduces the reader to the basic ideas underpinning computer networking, before gradually building up to more advanced concepts</p><p>Provides numerous step-by-step descriptions of practical examples, in tandem with the theoretical discussions</p>Includes an extensive set of practical code examples, together with detailed comments and explanations | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5124-1 | Computer Science | Cowley | [NAME]; Frédéric Vallée-Tourangeau | Cognition Beyond the Brain | Computation, Interactivity and Human Artifice |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 292 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 292 p. 52 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.95 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | SCY20060 | Cognitive Psychology | JMR | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Human Thinking beyond the Brain.- Human Agency and the Resources of Reason.- Judgement Aggregation and Distributed Thinking.- Computer-Mediated Trust in Self-Interested Expert Recommendations.- Living as Languaging: Distributed Knowledge in Living Beings.- The Quick and the Dead: On Temporality and Human Agency.- You Want a Piece of Me? Paying Your Dues and Getting Your Due in a Distributed World.- Distributed Cognition at the Crime Scene.- Socially Distributed Cognition in Loosely Coupled Systems.- Thinking with External Representations.- Human Interactivity: Problem-solving, Solution-probing and Verbal Patterns in the Wild.- Interactivity and Embodied Cues in Problem Solving, Learning and Insight: Further Contributions to a “Theory of Hints”.- Naturalising Problem Solving.- Systemic Cognition: Human Artifice in Life and Language.- Index. | Cognition Beyond the Brain challenges neurocentrism by advocating a systemic view of cognition based on investigating how action shapes the experience of thinking. The systemic view steers between extended functionalism and enactivism by stressing how living beings connect bodies, technologies, language and culture. Since human thinking depends on a cultural ecology, people connect biologically-based powers with extended systems and, by so doing, they constitute cognitive systems that reach across the skin. Biological interpretation exploits extended functional systems.Illustrating distributed cognition, one set of chapters focus on computer mediated trust, work at a construction site, judgement aggregation and crime scene investigation. Turning to how bodies manufacture skills, the remaining chapters focus on interactivity or sense-saturated coordination. The feeling of doing is crucial to solving maths problems, learning about X rays, finding an invoice number, or launching a warhead in a film.  People both participate in extended systems and exert individual responsibility. Brains manufacture a now to which selves are anchored: people can act automatically or, at times, vary habits and choose to author actions. In ontogenesis, a systemic view permits rationality to be seen as gaining mastery over world-side resources. Much evidence and argument thus speaks for reconnecting the study of computation, interactivity and human artifice. Taken together, this can drive a networks revolution that gives due cognitive importance to the perceivable world that lies beyond the brain.Cognition Beyond the Brain is a valuable reference for researchers, practitioners and graduate students within the fields of Computer Science, Psychology, Linguistics and Cognitive Science. | <p>Introduces a novel systemic perspective on cognition based on multidisciplinary empirical work</p><p>Explores the role of human agency in cognitive systems</p><p>Extends the computational basis of distributed cognition into molecular systems</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5354-2 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Refinement in Z and Object-Z | Foundations and Advanced Applications |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 500 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 500 p. 47 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.95 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI16048 | Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages | UYA | SCI14029 | Software Engineering | UMZ | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Part I – Refining Z Specifications.- An Introduction to Z.- Simple Refinement.- Data Refinement and Simulations.- Refinement in Z.- Calculating Refinements.- Promotion.- Testing and Refinement.- A Single Simulation Rule.- Part II – Interfaces and Operations: ADTs Viewed in an Environment.- Refinement, Observation and Modification.- IO Refinement.- Weak Refinement.- Non-Atomic Refinement.- Case Study: A Digital and Analogue Watch.- Further Generalisations.- Part III – Object-Oriented Refinement.- An Introduction to Object Z.- Refinement in Object-Z.- Class Refinement.- Part IV – Modelling State and Behaviour.- Combining CSP and Object-Z.- Refining CSP and Object-Z Specifications.- Conclusions.- Glossary of Notation.- Index. | Refinement is one of the cornerstones of the formal approach to software engineering, and its use in various domains has led to research on new applications and generalisation. This book brings together this important research in one volume, with the addition of examples drawn from different application areas. It covers four main themes:Data refinement and its application to ZGeneralisations of refinement that change the interface and atomicity of operationsRefinement in Object-ZModelling state and behaviour by combining Object-Z with CSPRefinement in Z and Object-Z: Foundations and Advanced Applications provides an invaluable overview of recent research for academic and industrial researchers, lecturers teaching formal specification and development, industrial practitioners using formal methods in their work, and postgraduate and advanced undergraduate students.This second edition is a comprehensive update to the first and includes the following new material:Early chapters have been extended to also include trace refinement, based directly on partial relations rather than through totalisationProvides an updated discussion on divergence, non-atomic refinements and approximate refinementIncludes a discussion of the differing semantics of operations and outputs and how they affect the abstraction of models written using Object-Z and CSPPresents a fuller account of the relationship between relational refinement and various models of refinement in CSPBibliographic notes at the end of each chapter have been extended with the most up to date citations and research | <p>The most comprehensive text on refinement in state based systems</p><p>Includes detailed explanations and a wide range of illustrative examples, perfect for use as an advanced Under-Graduate or Masters textbook</p><p>With extensive bibliographical notes, now updated to 2013 state of the art</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5194-4 | Computer Science | Dickinson | [NAME]; Zygmunt Pizlo | Shape Perception in Human and Computer Vision | An Interdisciplinary Perspective | Advances in Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition |  | 1 | 2013 | 504 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 504 p. 231 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99.95 | 146.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI22021 | Image Processing and Computer Vision | UYT | SCI2203X | Pattern Recognition | UYQP | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-02 00:00:00 |  |  | The Role of Mid-Level Shape Priors in Perceptual Grouping and Image Abstraction.- Symmetry is the Sine Qua Non of Shape.- [NAME] for 2D Shape Analysis.- An Integrated Bayesian Approach to Shape Representation and Perceptual Organization.- Perceptual Organization of Shape.- Two-Dimensional Shape as a Mid-Level Vision Gestalt.- Shape Priors for Image Segmentation.- Observations on Shape from Shading in Humans.- Deformations and Lighting.- The Shape of Space.- The Visual Hierarchy Mirage.- Natural Selection and Shape Perception.- Shape as an Emergent Property.- Representing 3D Shape and Location.- [NAME] and Shape Analysis of Curves and Surfaces.- The Statistics of Shape, and Reflectance, and Lighting in Real-World Scenes.- Structure vs. [NAME] and 3D vs. 2D.- Visual Shape Perception and Representation.- 3D Face Reconstruction from Single Two-Tone and Color Images.- Perception and Action without [NAME] Reconstruction.- A Stochastic Grammar for Natural Shapes.- Hard-Wired and Plastic Mechanisms in 3D Shape Perception.- Holistic Shape Recognition.- Shape Processing as Inherently Three-Dimensional.- The Role of Shape in Visual Recognition.- Human Object Recognition.- Shape-Based Object Discovery in Images.- Schema-Driven Influences in Recovering 3D Shape from Motion in Human and Computer Vision.- Detecting, Representing and Attending to Visual Shape.- Toward a Dynamical View of Object Perception.- Modeling Shapes with Higher-Order Graphs: Methodology and Applications.- Multisensory Shape Processing.- Shape-Based Instance Detection under Arbitrary Viewpoint. | This comprehensive and authoritative text/reference presents a unique, multidisciplinary perspective on Shape Perception in Human and Computer Vision. Rather than focusing purely on the state of the art, the book provides viewpoints from world-class researchers reflecting broadly on the issues that have shaped the field. Drawing upon many years of experience, each contributor discusses the trends followed and the progress made, in addition to identifying the major challenges that still lie ahead. Topics and features: examines each topic from a range of viewpoints, rather than promoting a specific paradigm; discusses topics on contours, shape hierarchies, shape grammars, shape priors, and 3D shape inference; reviews issues relating to surfaces, invariants, parts, multiple views, learning, simplicity, shape constancy and shape illusions; addresses concepts from the historically separate disciplines of computer vision and human vision using the same “language” and methods. | <p>The first volume of its kind, covering this important topic from both human and computer vision perspectives</p><p>Includes contributions from the most preeminent authorities in human and computer vision</p><p>Though highly interdisciplinary, all contributions share a common “language” of computational models and methods</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38672-5 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Benchmarking Peer-to-Peer Systems | Understanding Quality of Service in Large-Scale Distributed Systems | Lecture Notes in Computer Science | 7847 | 1 | 2013 | 197 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 197 p. 57 illus. | 0 | final | 46 | 49.22 | 50.6 | 41.99 | 61.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | SCI13049 | System Performance and Evaluation | UYD | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-06-20 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- A Formal Model for Peer-to-Peer Systems.- Benchmarking Methodology.- Structured Search Overlays.- Content Delivery Overlays.- Decentralized Monitoring in Peer-to-Peer Systems.- Service Overlays.- Peer-to-Peer Overlays for Online Games.- Video-Streaming Overlays.- Summary and Conclusion. | Peer-to-peer systems are now widely used and have become the focus of  attention for many researchers over the past decade. A number of algorithms for decentralized search, content distribution, and media streaming have been developed. This book provides fundamental concepts for the benchmarking of those  algorithms in peer-to-peer systems. It also contains a collection of  characteristic benchmarking results. The chapters of the book have been  organized in three topical sections on: Fundamentals of Benchmarking in P2P Systems; Synthetic Benchmarks for Peer-to-Peer Systems; and [NAME] for Peer-to-Peer Systems. They are preceded by a detailed introduction to the subject. | <p>Provides a comprehensive overview of the performance of peer-to-peer systems</p><p>Details a clear benchmarking process, by which P2P systems may be compared</p><p>Presents new results in the areas of performance modeling and analysis of peer-to-peer systems, and peer-to-peer applications, such as video streaming and games</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5327-6 | Computer Science | Ergul | [NAME] | Guide to Programming and [NAME] R |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 184 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 184 p. 28 illus. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14010 | Programming Techniques | UM | SCI14037 | Programming Languages, Compilers, Interpreters | UMX | Computer Science | Undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Loops.- Recursions.- Complexity of Programs and Algorithms.- Accuracy Issues.- Sorting.- Solutions of Linear Systems of Equations.- File Processing.- Suggested Mini Projects. | This easy-to-follow textbook provides a student-friendly introduction to programming and algorithms. Emphasis is placed on the threshold concepts that present barriers to learning, including the questions that students are often too embarrassed to ask. The book promotes an active learning style in which a deeper understanding is gained from evaluating, questioning, and discussing the material, and practised in hands-on exercises. Although R is used as the language of choice for all programs, strict assumptions are avoided in the explanations in order for these to remain applicable to other programming languages. Features: provides exercises at the end of each chapter; includes three mini projects in the final chapter; presents a list of titles for further reading at the end of the book; discusses the key aspects of loops, recursions, program and algorithm efficiency and accuracy, sorting, linear systems of equations, and file processing; requires no prior background knowledge in this area. | <p>Simple, concise and easy-to-read, with many discussions on common mistakes and answers to questions students may be too embarrassed to ask</p><p>Contains instructive practical exercises at the end of each chapter, together with a selection of mini-projects that students may enjoy while programming</p><p>Provides R program code for lecturers and instructors at an associated website</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38720-3 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Ontology Matching |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18032 | Information Storage and Retrieval | UNH | SCI18040 | Information Systems Applications (incl. Internet) | UNH | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I The matching problem.- Applications.- The matching problem.- Methodology.- Part II Ontology matching techniques.- Classifications of ontology matching techniques.- Basic similarity measures.- Global matching methods.- Matching strategies.- Part III Systems and evaluation.- Overview of matching systems.- Evaluation of matching systems.- Part IV Representing, explaining, and processing alignments.- [NAME] and formats: representing alignments.- User involvement.- Processing alignments.- Part V Conclusions.- Conclusions.- Appendix A: Legends of figures.- Appendix B: Running example.- Appendix C: Exercises.- Appendix D: Solution to exercises. | Ontologies tend to be found everywhere. They are viewed as the silver bullet for many applications, such as database integration, peer-to-peer systems, e-commerce, semantic web services, or social networks. However, in open or evolving systems, such as the semantic web, different parties would, in general, adopt different ontologies. Thus, merely using ontologies, like using XML, does not reduce heterogeneity: it just raises heterogeneity problems to a higher level.[NAME] and [NAME]’s book is devoted to ontology matching as a solution to the semantic heterogeneity problem faced by computer systems. Ontology matching aims at finding correspondences between semantically related entities of different ontologies. These correspondences may stand for equivalence as well as other relations, such as consequence, subsumption, or disjointness, between ontology entities. Many different matching solutions have been proposed so far from various viewpoints, e.g., databases, information systems, and artificial intelligence.The second edition of Ontology Matching has been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect the most recent advances in this quickly developing area, which resulted in more than 150 pages of new content. In particular, the book includes a new chapter dedicated to the methodology for performing ontology matching. It also covers emerging topics, such as data interlinking, ontology partitioning and pruning, context-based matching, matcher tuning, alignment debugging, and user involvement in matching, to mention a few. More than 100 state-of-the-art matching systems and frameworks were reviewed.With Ontology Matching, researchers and practitioners will find a reference book that presents currently available work in a uniform framework. In particular, the work and the techniques presented in this book can be equally applied to database schema matching, catalog integration, XML schema matching and other related problems. The objectives of the book include presenting (i) the state of the art and (ii) the latest research results in ontology matching by providing a systematic and detailed account of matching techniques and matching systems from theoretical, practical and application perspectives. | <p>The first state-of-the-art overview of techniques for database schema matching and semantic web applications</p><p>Summarizes research from the database, information systems, and artificial intelligence communities</p><p>Combines theoretical foundations with practical application perspectives</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38246-8 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; Ana [NAME] | Web Dynpro ABAP for Practitioners |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 270 | Hard cover | Book | X, 270 p. 700 illus., 699 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Computer Science | SCI14002 | Software Engineering/Programming and Operating Systems | UMZ | SCI18008 | Information Systems and Communication Service | UT | Professional Computing | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-30 00:00:00 |  |  | What is Web Dynpro?.- SAP Easy Access.- Designing a Web Dynpro Component.- ABAP Dictionary.- [NAME] and Attributes at Design Time.- Data Binding, [NAME] and Interface Methods.- View Controller Methods.- Layout UI Elements.- User Interface Elements.- Messages, Exceptions, and Web Dynpro ABAP.- Writing Multilanguage Applications.- Web Dynpro Model.- ALV and Select Options.- Integrating the Web Dynpro Application into the SAP NetWeaver Portal.- Web Dynpro and Authorization.- Web Dynpro ABAP Mind Map.- Power Lists.- [NAME] and External Windows.- Web Dynpro appliction paramters.- Shared Objects.- Business Server Pages (BSP).- Multilanguage E-mails.- Index. | Web Dynpro ABAP, a NetWeaver web application user interface tool from SAP, enables web programming connected to SAP Systems. The authors’ main focus was to create a book based on their own practical experience. Each chapter includes examples which lead through the content step-by-step and enable the reader to gradually explore and grasp the Web Dynpro ABAP process. The authors explain in particular how to design Web Dynpro components, the data binding and interface methods, and the view controller methods. They also describe the other SAP NetWeaver Elements (ABAP Dictionary, Authorization) and the integration of the Web Dynpro Application into the SAP NetWeaver Portal.  The new edition has been expanded to include chapters on subjects such as POWER Lists; creating the Modal Windows and External Windows; using Web Dynpro application parameters and Shared Objects to communicate between the Web Dynpro ABAP Application and Business Server Pages; and creating multi-language mails using Web Dynpro ABAP. | <p>Step-by-step-introduction into Web Dynpro ABAP<br>Practical examples for every step<br>Integration of the Web Dynpro application into the SAP NetWeaver portal</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38603-9 | Computer Science | Gerth | [NAME] | Business Process Models | Change Management | Lecture Notes in Computer Science | 7849 | 1 | 2013 | 218 | Soft cover | Book | XVI, 218 p. 125 illus. | 0 | final | 46 | 49.22 | 50.6 | 41.99 | 61.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18040 | Information Systems Applications (incl. Internet) | UNH | SCI14029 | Software Engineering | UMZ | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-06-03 00:00:00 | 2013-06-06 00:00:00 |  | Introduction.- Background.- Intermediate Representation.- Matching.- Difference Representation.- Difference Detection.- Dependency Analysis.- Equivalence Analysis.- Conflict Analysis.- Process Model Merging.- Tool Support.- Conclusion.- References.- Evaluation Case Study.- Dependency and Conflict Matrices. | Driven by the need for a closer alignment of business and IT requirements, the role of business process models in the development of enterprise software systems has increased continuously. Similar to other software artifacts, process models are developed and refined in team environments by several stakeholders, resulting in different versions. These versions need to be merged in order to obtain an integrated process model. Existing solutions to this basic problem in the field of software configuration management are mainly limited to textual documents, e.g., source code.  This monograph presents a generally applicable framework for process model change management, which provides easy-to-use comparison and merging capabilities for the integration of different process model versions. The framework supports popular modeling languages such as BPMN, [NAME], or UML Activity Diagrams. Differences between process models are represented in terms of intuitive, high-level change operations. Equipped with a sophisticated analysis of dependencies and a semantic-aware computation of conflicts between differences, the framework constitutes a comprehensive and practically usable solution for process model change management in the model-driven development of enterprise software systems. | <p>Gives a modern approach</p><p>Unique visibility </p><p>State of the art</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5253-8 | Computer Science | Graba | Jan Graba | An Introduction to Network Programming with [NAME] | [NAME] |  |  | 3 | 2014 | 369 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 369 p. 83 illus. | 0 | final | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.95 | 60 | English | Computer Science | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | SCI12042 | Input/Output and Data Communications | UT | Computer Science | Undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Basic Concepts, [NAME] and Terminology.- Starting Network Programming in Java.- Multithreading and Multiplexing.- File Handling.- Remote Method Invocation (RMI).- CORBA.- [NAME] Connectivity.- Servlets.- JavaServer Pages (JSPs).- JavaBeans.- Multimedia.- Applets.- Appendix A – Structured Query Language (SQL).- Index. | Since the second edition of this text, the use of the Internet and networks generally has continued to expand at a phenomenal rate. This has led to both an increase in demand for network software and to improvements in the technology used to run such networks, with the latter naturally leading to changes in the former. During this time, the [NAME] libraries have been updated to keep up with the new developments in network technology, so that the [NAME] programming language continues to be one of the mainstays of network software development.In providing a very readable text that avoids getting immersed in low-level technical details, while still providing a useful, practical guide to network programming for both undergraduates and busy IT professionals, this third edition continues the trend of its predecessors. To retain its currency, the text has been updated to reflect changes that have taken place in [NAME]'s network technology over the past seven years (including the release of [NAME]), whilst retaining its notable features of numerous code examples, screenshots and end-of-chapter exercises. | <p>Revised third edition has been fully updated to incorporate [NAME]Includes many end-of-chapter exercises</p><p>Features numerous code examples</p> | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-7484-5 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Handbook of Human Centric Visualization |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 670 | Hard cover | Book | XXX, 670 p. 207 illus., 168 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | SCM14034 | Visualization | PBV | Professional Computing | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Visual communication.- Theory and science.- Principles, guidelines and recommendations.- Methods.- Perception and cognition.- Dynamic visualization.- Interaction. | Visualizations are visual representations of non-visual data. They are produced for people to interact with and to make sense of the underlying data. Rapid advances in display technology and computer power have enabled researchers to produce visually appealing pictures. However, the effectiveness of those pictures in conveying the embedded information to end users has not been fully explored.   Handbook of Human Centric Visualization addresses issues related to design, evaluation and application of visualizations. Topics include visualization theories, design principles, evaluation methods and metrics, human factors, interaction methods and case studies. This cutting-edge book includes contributions from well-established researchers worldwide, from diverse disciplines including psychology, visualization and human-computer interaction.   This handbook is designed for a professional audience composed of practitioners, lecturers and researchers working in the field of computer graphics, visualization, human-computer interaction and psychology. Undergraduate and postgraduate students in science and engineering focused on this topic will also find this book useful as a comprehensive textbook or reference. | <p>Provides a comprehensive overview of human centric visualization </p><p>Presents visualization theories and human-centered design principles </p><p>Represents latest developments and current trends in the field with contributions from leading experts and active researchers in a range of disciplines </p><p>Includes surveys, case studies, evaluation methods and measuring metrics</p> | Professionals | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5300-9 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Gaëlle Calvary | Semantic Models for Adaptive Interactive Systems |  | Human–Computer Interaction Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 204 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 204 p. 58 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 59.95 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | SCI14029 | Software Engineering | UMZ | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- UI²Ont – A Formal Ontology on User Interfaces and Interactions.- Generating Models of Recommendation Processes out of Annotated Ontologies.- Cognitive Semantic Categories as a Basis for a Prototype Adaptive Information System.- A Semantic Model for Adaptive Collaboration Support Systems.- A Semantics-Based, End-User-Centered Information Visualization Process for Semantic Web Data.- PASTREM: Proactive Ontology Based Recommendations for Information Workers.- Visualizing Search Results of Linked Open Data.- A Context-Aware Shopping Portal Based on Semantic Models.- Semantic Models for Interactive Systems: The Case of Tagging and Folksonomies.- User Interaction Templates for the Design of Lifelogging Systems. | Providing insights into methodologies for designing adaptive systems based on semantic data, and introducing semantic models that can be used for building interactive systems, this book showcases many of the applications made possible by the use of semantic models.Ontologies may enhance the functional coverage of an interactive system as well as its visualization and interaction capabilities in various ways. Semantic models can also contribute to bridging gaps; for example, between user models, context-aware interfaces, and model-driven UI generation. There is considerable potential for using semantic models as a basis for adaptive interactive systems. A variety of reasoning and machine learning techniques exist that can be employed to achieve adaptive system behavior. The advent and rapid growth of Linked Open Data as a large-scale collection of semantic data has also paved the way for a new breed of intelligent, knowledge-intensive applications.Semantic Models for Adaptive Interactive Systems includes ten complementary chapters written by experts from both industry and academia. Rounded off by a number of case studies in real world application domains, this book will serve as a valuable reference for researchers and practitioners exploring the use of semantic models within [NAME]. | <p>Provides a comprehensive coverage of applying semantic models in user interface design</p><p>Includes state-of-the-art research ontologies in interactive systems</p><p>Presents many case studies in real world application domains</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38950-4 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Basics of Bioinformatics | Lecture Notes of the Graduate Summer School on Bioinformatics of China |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 262 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 262 p. 136 illus., 89 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI23050 | Computational Biology/Bioinformatics | PSA | SCL15001 | Bioinformatics | PSD | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  | Distribution in China: Tsinghua University Press | Basics for Bioinformatics.- Basic Statistics for Bioinformatics.- Topics in Computational Genomics.- Statistical Methods in Bioinformatics.- [NAME] in Computational Biology.- Multivariate Statistical Methods in Bioinformatics Research.- Association Analysis for Human Diseases: Methods and Examples.- Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Methods with Case Examples.- Applied Bioinformatics Tools.- Foundations for the Study of Structure and Function of Proteins.- Computational Systems Biology Approaches for Deciphering Traditional Chinese Medicine.- Advanced Topics in Bioinformatics and Computational Biology. | This book outlines 11 courses and 15 research topics in bioinformatics, based on curriculums and talks in a graduate summer school on bioinformatics that was held in Tsinghua University. The courses include: Basics for Bioinformatics, Basic Statistics for Bioinformatics, Topics in Computational Genomics, Statistical Methods in Bioinformatics, Algorithms in Computational Biology, Multivariate Statistical Methods in Bioinformatics Research, Association Analysis for Human Diseases: Methods and Examples, Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Methods with Case Examples, Applied Bioinformatics Tools, Foundations for the Study of Structure and Function of Proteins, Computational Systems Biology Approaches for Deciphering Traditional Chinese Medicine, and Advanced Topics in Bioinformatics and Computational Biology. This book can serve as not only a primer for beginners in bioinformatics, but also a highly summarized yet systematic reference book for researchers in this field.[NAME] and [NAME] are both professors at the Department of Automation, Tsinghua University, China. Professor [NAME] works at the Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, USA. | <p>Covers most fundamental topics in Bioinformatics</p><p>Written by distinguished researchers around the world</p><p>Serves as guidance for Bioinformatics programs in China</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-94-6239-005-8 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Software Engineering: A Hands-On Approach |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 285 | Hard cover | Book | XXIV, 285 p. 70 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Computer Science | SCI22005 | Computer Imaging, Vision, Pattern Recognition and Graphics | UYQV | SCI18016 | Models and Principles | UY | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Atlantis Press | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Software Engineering.- Object-Oriented Concepts.- Modeling with UML.- Starting the Project.- Requirements Elicitation.- Object-Oriented Analysis.- System Design.- Object-Oriented Design.- Implementation.- Testing.- Project Wrap-up, Delivery, and Maintenance.-  Software Metrics and Measurements.- Hands-On Software Engineering Project. | This textbook provides a progressive approach to the teaching of software engineering. First, readers are introduced to the core concepts of the object-oriented methodology, which is used throughout the book to act as the foundation for software engineering and programming practices, and partly for the software engineering process itself. Then, the processes involved in software engineering are explained in more detail, especially methods and their applications in design, implementation, testing, and measurement, as they relate to software engineering projects. At last, readers are given the chance to practice these concepts by applying commonly used skills and tasks to a hands-on project. The impact of such a format is the potential for quicker and deeper understanding. Readers will master concepts and skills at the most basic levels before continuing to expand on and apply these lessons in later chapters. | <p>A software engineering textbook for learning core concepts and practical skills</p><p>Over 70 easy-to-follow diagrams and tables depicting concepts and tools used in software engineering </p><p>A special chapter outlining the completion of a hands-on project with templates and examples makes the concepts learned more concrete </p><p>The comprehensive layout and selection of chapters show the important processes and underlying knowledge to complete a software engineering project</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-7914-7 | Computer Science | Markantonakis | Konstantinos Markantonakis; [NAME] | Secure Smart Embedded Devices, Platforms and Applications |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 560 | Hard cover | Book | XXXVI, 560 p. 135 illus. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14050 | Systems and Data Security | UR | SCI15009 | Data Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory | UMB | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | An Introduction to Smart Cards and RFIDs.- Embedded DSP Devices.- Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Security.- An Introduction to the Trusted Platform Module and [NAME] Hardware and VLSI Designs.- Information Security Best Practices.- Smart Card Security.- Graphics Processing Units.- A Survey of Recent Results in FPGA Security and Intellectual Property Protection.- Mobile Communication Security Controllers.- Security of Embedded Location Systems.- Automotive Embedded Systems.- Analysis of Potential Vulnerabilities in Payment Terminals.- Wireless Sensor Nodes.- Near Field Communication.- The BIOS and Rootkits.- Hardware Security Modules.- Security Evaluation and Common Criteria.- Physical Security Primitives.- SCADA System Cyber Security.- An Overview of PIC Microcontrollers and their Suitability for Cryptographic Algorithms.- An Introduction to [NAME] Programming.- A Practical Example of Mobile Phone Application using SATSA (JSR 177) API.- Wireless Sensors(Languages/Programming/Developments/Tools/Examples). | New generations of IT users are increasingly abstracted from the underlying devices and platforms that provide and safeguard their services. As a result they may have little awareness that they are critically dependent on the embedded security devices that are becoming pervasive in daily modern life. Secure Smart Embedded Devices, Platforms and Applications provides a broad overview of the many security and practical issues of embedded devices, tokens, and their operation systems, platforms and main applications. It also addresses a diverse range of industry/government initiatives and considerations, while focusing strongly on technical and practical security issues. The benefits and pitfalls of developing and deploying applications that rely on embedded systems and their security functionality are presented. A sufficient level of technical detail to support embedded systems is provided throughout the text, although the book is quite readable for those seeking awareness through an initial overview of the topics. This edited volume benefits from the contributions of industry and academic experts and helps provide a cross-discipline overview of the security and practical issues for embedded systems, tokens, and platforms. It is an ideal complement to the earlier work, Smart Cards Tokens, Security and Applications from the same editors. | <p>Presents a broad range of cross-industry/discipline topics related to secure embedded systems, with chapters that are authored by experienced industry experts and applicable to real-world problems</p><p>Useful as a subject overview and as an in-depth reference, making it suitable for a wide range of readers including researchers, experts and managers from industry and government</p><p>Serves as a reminder of technical and practical issues for IT users who still depend on the critical security provided by small embedded systems</p> | Science | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-84800-321-7 | Computer Science | Moller | [NAME]; Georg Struth | Modelling Computing Systems | Mathematics for Computer Science | Undergraduate Topics in Computer Science |  | 1 | 2013 | 500 | Soft cover | Book | XVI, 500 p. 46 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 26.99 | 67 | English | Computer Science | SCI1603X | Logics and Meanings of Programs | UM | SCI16048 | Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages | UYA | Computer Science | Undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-05 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I: Mathematics for Computer Science.- Propositional Logic.- Sets.- [NAME] and Circuits.- Predicate Logic.- Proof Strategies.- Functions.- Relations.- Inductive and Recursive Definitions.- Proofs by Induction.- Games and Strategies.- Part II: Modelling Computing Systems.- Modelling Processes.- Distinguishing Between Processes.- Logical Properties of Processes.- Concurrent Processes.- Temporal Properties. | This engaging text presents the fundamental mathematics and modelling techniques for computing systems in a novel and light-hearted way, which can be easily followed by students at the very beginning of their university education. Key concepts are taught through a large collection of challenging yet fun mathematical games and logical puzzles that require no prior knowledge about computers. The text begins with intuition and examples as a basis from which precise concepts are then developed; demonstrating how, by working within the confines of a precise structured method, the occurrence of errors in the system can be drastically reduced. Features: demonstrates how game theory provides a paradigm for an intuitive understanding of the nature of computation; contains more than 400 exercises throughout the text, with detailed solutions to half of these presented at the end of the book, together with numerous theorems, definitions and examples; describes a modelling approach based on state transition systems. | <p>Provides an elementary introduction to the mathematics and modelling of computing systems</p><p>Explores concepts of games and strategies to provide a paradigm for understanding the nature of computation</p><p>Develops a foundation for computational thinking and problem solving</p><p>Presents the topics in a clear and comprehensive style</p><p>Introduces bisimulation, Hennessy-Milner logic, and the relationship between them, at an introductory level</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38639-8 | Computer Science | Moreira | Ana Moreira; [NAME]; [NAME]; Awais Rashid | Aspect-Oriented Requirements Engineering |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 336 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 336 p. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14029 | Software Engineering | UMZ | SCI24067 | Management of Computing and Information Systems | UYZM | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: Aspect-Oriented Requirements Engineering.- Section 1: Concern Identification in Requirements.- Chapter 2: Aspect Identification in Textual Requirements with EA-Miner.- Chapter 3: Reasoning about Dynamic Aspectual Requirements.- Section 2: Concern Modelling and Composition.- Chapter 4: AO Aspect-Oriented Compositions for Dynamic Behaviour Models.- Chapter 5: Semantics-based Composition for Textual Requirements.- Chapter 6: Composing Goal and Scenario Models with the Aspect-oriented User Requirements Notation (AoURN) Based on Syntax and Semantics.- Chapter 7: Aspect Oriented Goal Modelling and Composition with AOV-graph.- Chapter 8:  Aspects Composition in Problem Frames.- Section 3: Domain-Specific Use of AORE.- Chapter 9: Mapping Aspects from Requirements to Architecture.- Chapter 10: Maintaining Security Requirements of Software Systems using Evolving Crosscutting Dependencies.- Chapter 11: Using Aspects to Model Volatile Concerns.- Section 4: Aspect Interactions.- Chapter 12: Conflict Identification with EA-Analyser.- Chapter 13: Handling Conflicts in Aspect-Oriented Requirements Engineering.- Chapter 14: Analysis of Aspect-Oriented Models using Graph Transformation Systems.- Chapter 15: Aspect Interactions: A Requirements Engineering Perspective.- Section 5: AORE in Industry.- Chapter 16: Implementing Aspect-Oriented Requirements Analysis for Investment Banking Applications.- Chapter 17: Experience Report: AORE in Slot Machines.- Chapter 18: Advancing AORE through Evaluation. | Broadly-scoped requirements such as security, privacy, and response time are a major source of complexity in modern software systems. This is due to their tangled inter-relationships with and effects on other requirements. Aspect-Oriented Requirements Engineering (AORE) aims to facilitate modularisation of such broadly-scoped requirements, so that software developers are able to reason about them in isolation - one at a time. AORE also captures these inter-relationships and effects in well-defined composition specifications, and, in so doing exposes the causes for potential conflicts, trade-offs, and roots for the key early architectural decisions.Over the last decade, significant work has been carried out in the field of AORE. With this book the editors aim to provide a consolidated overview of these efforts and results. The individual contributions discuss how aspects can be identified, represented, composed and reasoned about, as well as how they are used in specific domains and in industry. Thus, the book does not present one particular AORE approach, but conveys a broad understanding of the aspect-oriented perspective on requirements engineering. The chapters are organized into five sections: concern identification in requirements, concern modelling and composition, domain-specific use of AORE, aspect interactions, and AORE in industry.This book provides readers with the most comprehensive coverage of AORE and the capabilities it offers to those grappling with the complexity arising from broadly-scoped requirements - a phenomenon that is, without doubt, universal across software systems. Software engineers and related professionals in industry, as well as advanced undergraduate and post-graduate students and researchers, will benefit from these comprehensive descriptions and the industrial case studies. | <p>The first book on aspect-oriented requirements engineering to consolidate the most significant results on how to deal with crosscutting concerns such as security, privacy, or performance in requirements</p><p>Presents a broad set of techniques for identifying and managing different aspects, independent from specific requirements engineering methodologies</p><p>Combines theoretical results and practical industrial applications</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5339-9 | Computer Science | O’Regan | [NAME] | Giants of Computing | A Compendium of Select, Pivotal Pioneers |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 314 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 314 p. 113 illus., 57 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI24024 | History of [NAME] | U | SCA12000 | History of Science | PDX | Computer Science | Undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Background.- Howard Aiken.- [NAME] Amdahl.- Archimedes.- [NAME] Bell.- [NAME] Fred Brooks.- Vannevar Bush.- Vint Cerf.- Alonzo Church.- [NAME] Chomsky.- [NAME] Descartes.- [NAME] Dijkstra.- [NAME] Ellison.- [NAME] Estridge.- [NAME] Fagan.- [NAME] Flowers.- [NAME] Gates.- [NAME] Humphrey.- Kenneth Iverson.- Ivar Jacobson.- [NAME] Kildall.- [NAME] Leibniz.- [NAME] Lovelace.- [NAME] John Mauchly.- Marvin Minsky.- Gordon Moore.- [NAME] Hopper.- Ken Olsen.- David Parnas.- Dennis Ritchie.- [NAME] Scott.- [NAME] Shannon.- [NAME] Stallman.- Bjarne Stroustrup.- [NAME] Turing.- [NAME] Neumann.- [NAME] and [NAME] Weizenbaum.- [NAME] Yourdon.- [NAME] Zuse.- Epilogue.- Test Yourself Quizzes.- Glossary. | It has been upon the shoulders of giants that the modern world has been forged. This accessible compendium presents an insight into the great minds responsible for the technology which has transformed our lives. Each pioneer is introduced with a brief biography, followed by a concise account of their key contributions to their discipline. The selection covers a broad spread of historical and contemporary figures from theoreticians to entrepreneurs, highlighting the richness of the field of computing. Suitable for the general reader, this concise and easy-to-read reference will be of interest to anyone curious about the inspiring men and women who have shaped the field of computer science. | <p>Provides an overview of a selection of individuals who have made important contributions to the field of computing field</p><p>Presents the key contributions and brief biographical information on figures from a broad range of sub-disciplines and historical periods</p><p>Highlights the richness of the field of computing, and the wealth of contributions made by historical and contemporary figures</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-94-007-6832-1 | Computer Science | Pimple | [NAME] | Emerging Pervasive Information and Communication Technologies (PICT) | Ethical Challenges, Opportunities and Safeguards | Law, Governance and Technology Series | 11 | 1 | 2013 | 252 | Hard cover | Book | X, 252 p. 10 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI24040 | Computers and Society | UBJ | SCE14000 | Ethics | HPQ | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Contributors.- List of Abbreviations.- Acknowledgments; [NAME] 1. Introduction; [NAME] 2. Three Case Studies; [NAME] and [NAME] Searing.- 3. Health information in the background; [NAME]. Surveillance in the Big Data Era; [NAME] Andrejevic.- 5. We know where you are. And we're more and more sure what that means; [NAME] Harvey.- 6. Preserving live, destroying privacy; [NAME]. When cutting edge technology meets clinical practice; [NAME], [NAME], and Daihua Yu.- 8 Ethics and pervasive augmented reality; Bo Brinkman.- 9. This is an intervention; [NAME] Shilton.- 10. Applying “Moral Responsibility for Computing Artifacts” to PICT; [NAME] Miller.- 11. Principles for the ethical guidance of PICT; [NAME] Glossary.- Index. | This book provides a wide and deep perspective on the ethical issues raised by pervasive information and communication technology (PICT) – small, powerful, and often inexpensive Internet-connected computing devices and systems. It describes complex and unfamiliar technologies and their implications, including the transformative potential of augmented reality, the power of location-linked information, and the uses of “big data,” and explains potential threats, including privacy invaded, security violated, and independence compromised, often through widespread and lucrative manipulation.PICT is changing how we live, providing entertainment, useful tools, and life-saving systems. But the very smartphones that connect us to each other and to unlimited knowledge also provide a stream of data to systems that can be used for targeted advertising or police surveillance. Paradoxically, PICT expands our personal horizons while weaving a web that may ensnare whole communities.Chapters describe particular cases of PICT gone wrong, but also highlight its general utility. Every chapter includes ethical analysis and guidance, both specific and general. Topics are as focused as the Stuxnet worm and as broad as the innumerable ways new technologies are transforming medical care. Written for a broad audience and suitable for classes in emerging technologies, the book is an example of anticipatory ethics – “ethical analysis aimed at influencing the development of new technologies” ([NAME] 2010).The growth of PICT is outpacing the development of regulations and laws to protect individuals, organizations, and nations from unintended harm and malicious havoc. This book alerts users to some of the hazards of PICT; encourages designers, developers, and merchants of PICT to take seriously their ethical responsibilities – if only to “do no harm” – before their products go public; and introduces citizens and policy makers to challenges and opportunities that must not be ignored. | <p>Mixed format focusing on technologies/applications, ethical issues and case studies </p><p>Cross-disciplinary appeal for ethicists, technicians and generalists</p><p> Appeal to a broad readership including technicians, ethicists, geographers, social scientists, etc. </p><p>Contributors drawn from broad disciplinary perspectives</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-1-4614-7596-5 | Computer Science | Pino | [NAME] | Network Science and Cybersecurity |  | Advances in Information Security | 55 | 1 | 2014 | 285 | Hard cover | Book | X, 285 p. 107 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14050 | Systems and Data Security | UR | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | Professional Computing | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Towards Fundamental Science of Cyber Security.- Bridging the Semantic Gap: Human Factors in Anomaly-based Intrusion Detection Systems.- Recognizing Unexplained Behavior in Network Traffic.- Applying Cognitive Memory to CyberSecurity.- Understanding Cyber Warfare.- Design of Neuromorphic Architectures with Memristors.- Nanoelectronics and Hardware Security.- User Classification and Authentication for MOBILE Device Based on Gesture Recognition.- Hardware-based Computational Intelligence for Size, Weight, and [NAME]-strained Environments.- Machine Learning Applied to Cyber Operations.- Detecting Kernel Control-flow Modifying Rootkits.- Formation of Artificial and Natural Intelligence in Big Data Environment.- Alert Data Aggregation and Transmission Prioritization over Mobile Networks.- Semantic Features from Web-traffic Streams.- Concurrent Learning Algorithm (CLA) and the Importance Map (IMAP).- Hardware Accelerated Mining of Domain Knowledge.- Memristors and the Future of Cyber Security Hardware. | Network Science and Cybersecurity introduces new research and development efforts for cybersecurity solutions and applications taking place within various U.S. Government Departments of  Defense, industry and academic laboratories. This book examines new algorithms and tools, technology platforms and reconfigurable technologies for cybersecurity systems. Anomaly-based intrusion detection systems (IDS) are explored as a key component of any general network intrusion detection service, complementing signature-based IDS components by attempting to identify novel attacks.  These attacks  may not yet be known or have well-developed signatures.  Methods are also suggested to simplify the construction of metrics in such a manner that they retain their ability to effectively cluster data, while simultaneously easing human interpretation of outliers.This is a professional book for practitioners or government employees working in cybersecurity, and can also be used as a reference.  Advanced-level students in computer science or electrical engineering studying security will also find this book useful . | <p>Introduces new research and development efforts for cybersecurity solutions and applications </p><p><p>Presents Memristor-based technologies for cybersecurity </p><p><p>Covers anomaly detection and algorithms for network security</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-37800-3 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Parallel Programming | for Multicore and Cluster Systems |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 516 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 516 p. 178 illus. | 0 | final | 54.99 | 58.84 | 60.49 | 49.99 | 73.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14010 | Programming Techniques | UM | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Parallel Computer Architecture.- Parallel ProgrammingModels.- Performance Analysis of Parallel Programs.- Message-Passing Programming.- Thread Programming.- General Purpose [NAME] Programming.- Algorithms for Systems of Linear Equations. | Innovations in hardware architecture, like hyper-threading or multicore processors, mean that parallel computing resources are available for inexpensive desktop computers. In only a few years, many standard software products will be based on concepts of parallel programming implemented on such hardware, and the range of applications will be much broader than that of scientific computing, up to now the main application area for parallel computing.Rauber and [NAME] take up these recent developments in processor architecture by giving detailed descriptions of parallel programming techniques that are necessary for developing efficient programs for multicore processors as well as for parallel cluster systems and supercomputers. Their book is structured in three main parts, covering all areas of parallel computing: the architecture of parallel systems, parallel programming models and environments, and the implementation of efficient application algorithms. The emphasis lies on parallel programming techniques needed for different architectures. For this second edition, all chapters have been carefully revised. The chapter on architecture of parallel systems has been updated considerably, with a greater emphasis on the architecture of multicore systems and adding new material on the latest developments in computer architecture. Lastly, a completely new chapter on general-purpose GPUs and the corresponding programming techniques has been added.The main goal of the book is to present parallel programming techniques that can be used in many situations for a broad range of application areas and which enable the reader to develop correct and efficient parallel programs. Many examples and exercises are provided to show how to apply the techniques. The book can be used as both a textbook for students and a reference book for professionals. The material presented has been used for courses in parallel programming at different universities for many years. | <p>Broad coverage of all aspects of parallel programming</p><p>Special emphasis on runtime efficiency and memory organization</p><p>Presented material has been used in courses for many years</p><p>Complemented by many examples and an additional website with teaching material</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38122-5 | Computer Science | Raynal | [NAME] | Distributed Algorithms for Message-Passing Systems |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 500 | Hard cover | Book | XXXI, 500 p. 198 illus., 106 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Computer Science | SCI16005 | Theory of Computation | UY | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I  Distributed Graph Algorithms.- Chap. 1  Base Definitions and Network Traversal Algorithms.- Chap. 2  Distributed Graph Algorithms.- Chap. 3  An Algorithmic Framework to Compute Global Functions on a Process Graph.- Chap. 4  Leader Election Algorithms.- Chap. 5  Mobile Objects Navigating a Network.- Part II  Logical Time and Global States in Distributed Systems.- Chap. 6  Nature of Distributed Computations and the Concept of a Global State.- Chap. 7  Logical Time in Asynchronous Distributed Systems.- Chap. 8  [NAME]. 9  Simulating Synchrony on Top of Asynchronous Systems.- Part III  Mutual Exclusion and Resource Allocation.- Chap. 10  Permission-Based Mutual Exclusion Algorithms.- Chap. 11  Distributed Resource Allocation.- Part IV  High-Level Communication Abstractions.- Chap. 12  Order Constraints on Message Delivery.- Chap. 13  Rendezvous and Synchronous Communication.- Part V  Detection of Properties on Distributed Executions.- Chap. 14  Distributed Termination Detection.- Chap. 15  Distributed Deadlock Detection.- Part VI  Distributed Shared Memory.- Chap. 16  [NAME] (Linearizability).- Chap. 17  Sequential Consistency.- Afterword.- Bibliography.- Index. | Distributed computing is at the heart of many applications. It arises as soon as one has to solve a problem in terms of entities -- such as processes, peers, processors, nodes, or agents -- that individually have only a partial knowledge of the many input parameters associated with the problem. In particular each entity cooperating towards the common goal cannot have an instantaneous knowledge of the current state of the other entities. Whereas parallel computing is mainly concerned with 'efficiency', and real-time computing is mainly concerned with 'on-time computing', distributed computing is mainly concerned with 'mastering uncertainty' created by issues such as the multiplicity of control flows, asynchronous communication, unstable behaviors, mobility, and dynamicity.  While some distributed algorithms consist of a few lines only, their behavior can be difficult to understand and their properties hard to state and prove. The aim of this book is to present in a comprehensive way the basic notions, concepts, and algorithms of distributed computing when the distributed entities cooperate by sending and receiving messages on top of an asynchronous network. The book is composed of seventeen chapters structured into six parts: distributed graph algorithms, in particular what makes them different from sequential or parallel algorithms; logical time and global states, the core of the book; mutual exclusion and resource allocation; high-level communication abstractions; distributed detection of properties; and distributed shared memory. The author establishes clear objectives per chapter and the content is supported throughout with illustrative examples, summaries, exercises, and annotated bibliographies. This book constitutes an introduction to distributed computing and is suitable for advanced undergraduate students or graduate students in computer science and computer engineering, graduate students in mathematics interested in distributed computing, and practitioners and engineers involved in the design and implementation of distributed applications. The reader should have a basic knowledge of algorithms and operating systems. | <p>Constitutes an introduction to distributed computing</p><p>Author among the leading researchers in the area of distributed computing</p><p>Textbook features include summaries, keywords, bibliographic notes and exercises for each chapter</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-0-387-76708-6 | Computer Science | Setubal | [NAME]; [NAME] | Introduction to Bioinformatics Using Bacterial Genomics |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 380 p. 20 illus. | 0 | approx. | 53.15 | 56.87 | 58.47 | 63.99 | 115 | English | Computer Science | SCI23050 | Computational Biology/Bioinformatics | PSA | SCI2203X | Pattern Recognition | UYQP | Professional Computing | Professional book | Springer US | Planned | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction.- Step 1: Genome Bioinformatics Basics.- Step 2: Finding Protein-Coding Genes.- Step 3: Finding RNA Genes.- Step 4: Phylogeny.- Step 5: Gene Annotation.- Step 6: Comparative Genomics.- Odds and Ends.- Complete Genome Analysis.- Final Topics.- Bibliography/References.- Index. | Introduction to Bioinformatics for Bacterial Genomics introduces bioinformatics techniques and programming using bacterial genomics as the main application area. This advanced-level text book introduces the student to both bioinformatics and bacterial genomics, with one topic motivating the other and vice versa. The strategy of this text is to lead the reader to a series of progressively more complex steps in the analysis of a bacterial genome, introducing new bioinformatics techniques at each step. Introduction to Bioinformatics for Bacterial Genomics includes three classes of exercises: 1) theoretical exercises; 2) tool-development programming exercises; 3) genome analysis exercises. This book helps the student be as technology-independent as possible, concentrating on basic concepts, ideas, biological and mathematical problems, and techniques to solve them. After reading this text, the student will develop an essential 'toolkit' for genome analysis. The results of applying this toolkit to a real genome is described in detail. | <P>First text book to present hands-on approach to teach bioinformatics using bacterial genomics as the platform</P> <P>Includes algorithm design, algorithm implementation, and application on real data</P> <P>Will help improve programming skills of life science students and introduce mathematical sciences students to genomics</P> <P>&nbsp;</P> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-20127-1 | Computer Science | Sharoff | [NAME]; Reinhard Rapp; [NAME]; Pascale Fung | BUCC – Building and Using Comparable Corpora |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 311 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 311 p. 70 illus., 14 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI21041 | Language Translation and Linguistics | UYQL | SCN22000 | [NAME] | CFX | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface - Building and Using Comparable Corpora. S.Sharoff, R.Rapp, P.Zweigenbaum.- Overviewing Important Aspects of the Last 20 Years of Research in Comparable Corpora.- S.Sharoff, R.Rapp, P.Zweigenbaum.- Part I: Compiling and Measuring Comparable Corpora.- Multilingual Corpus Collection. S.Shi, P.Fung.- Automatic Comparable Web Corpora Collection and Bilingual Terminology Extraction for Specialized Dictionary Making. A.Gurrutxaga, I.Leturia, [NAME], X.Saralegi.- Statistical Comparability: Methodological Caveats. R.Köhler.- Methods for Collection and Evaluation of Comparable Documents.  [NAME], D.Guthrie, [NAME], R.Gaizauskas, P.Clough and M.Sanderson.- Measuring the Distance between Comparable Corpora between Languages. S.Sharoff.- Exploiting Comparable Corpora for Lexicon Extraction: Measuring and Improving Corpus Quality. B.Li, E.Gaussier.- [NAME] and [NAME] on Comparable Corpora. T.Eckart, U.Quasthoff.- Comparable Multilingual Patents as Large-scale [NAME]. B.Lu and B.Tsou.- Part II: Using Comparable Corpora.- Extracting Parallel Phrases from Comparable Data. S.Hewavitharana, S.Vogel.- Exploiting Comparable Corpora.  D.S.Munteanu,  D.Marcu.- Paraphrase Detection in Comparable [NAME]. L.Deleger, [NAME], P.Zweigenbaum.- Information Network Construction and Alignment from Automatically Acquired [NAME]. [NAME], W.-P.Lin.- Bilingual Terminology Mining from [NAME]. B.Daille, E.Morin.- The Place of Comparable Corpora in Providing Terminological Reference Information to Online Translators: A Strategic Framework. K.Kageura, T.Abekawa.- Old Needs, New Solutions: Comparable Corpora for Language Professionals. S.Bernardini, A.Ferraresi.- Exploiting the Incomparability of Comparable Corpora for Contrastive Linguistics and Translation Studies. [NAME], [NAME]. | The 1990s saw a paradigm change in the use of corpus-driven methods in NLP. In the field of multilingual NLP (such as machine translation and terminology mining) this implied the use of parallel corpora. However, parallel resources are relatively scarce: many more texts are produced daily by native speakers of any given language than translated. This situation resulted in a natural drive towards the use of comparable corpora, i.e. non-parallel texts in the same domain or genre. Nevertheless, this research direction has not produced a single authoritative source suitable for researchers and students coming to the field. The proposed volume provides a reference source, identifying the state of the art in the field as well as future trends. The book is intended for specialists and students in natural language processing, machine translation and computer-assisted translation. | <p>A reference source for researchers and students coming to the field of comparable corpora </p><p>Identifies the state of the art in the field as well as future trends</p><p>Written by experts in the fields</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5259-0 | Computer Science | Singh | Neeraj Kumar Singh | Using Event-B for Critical Device Software Systems |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 326 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 326 p. 45 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.95 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI16048 | Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages | UYA | SCI14029 | Software Engineering | UMZ | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction.- Background.- The Modelling Framework: Event-B.- Critical System Development Methodology.- Real-Time Animator and Requirements Traceability.- Refinement Chart.- EB2ALL: An Automatic Code Generator Tool.- Formal Logic [NAME]-Model.- The Cardiac Pacemaker.- [NAME] (ECG).- Conclusion.- Appendix A: Certification Standards.- Index. | Defining a new development life-cycle methodology, together with a set of associated techniques and tools to develop highly critical systems using formal techniques, this book adopts a rigorous safety assessment approach explored via several layers (from requirements analysis to automatic source code generation). This is assessed and evaluated via a standard case study: the cardiac pacemaker. Additionally a formalisation of an Electrocardiogram (ECG) is used to identify anomalies in order to improve existing medical protocols. This allows the key issue - that formal methods are not currently integrated into established critical systems development processes - to be discussed in a highly effective and informative way.Using Event-B for Critical Device Software Systems serves as a valuable resource for researchers and students of formal methods. The assessment of critical systems development is applicable to all industries, but engineers and physicians from the health domain will find the cardiac pacemaker case study of particular value. | <p>Presents an innovative development approach for critical systems and prototype implementation</p><p>Discusses the automization of critical system development, from requirements analysis to code generation</p><p>Provides a novel approach for medical protocol verification, which can help to verify the diagnosis process</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-319-00989-6 | Computer Science | Subramanian | [NAME]; Rudra Dutta | Measuring SIP Proxy Server Performance |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 206 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 206 p. 115 illus., 106 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | SCT24035 | Communications Engineering, Networks | TJK | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- PSTN and VoIP Services Context.- Related Work.- Performance Measurements of M/M/1 and M/D/1 based SPS.- SPS Software Architecture Study.- Measurements and Analysis of M/M/c Based SPS Model.- Performance of the SPS in LAN and WAN Environment.- SPS Performance Overheads with SIP Security.- Statistical Analysis of Experimental Data Sets.- Summary and Future Work.- Appendix. | Internet Protocol (IP) [NAME] is an alternative to the traditional Public Switched Telephone Networks (PSTN), and the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) is quickly becoming a popular signaling protocol for VoIP-based applications. SIP is a peer-to-peer multimedia signaling protocol standardized by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), and it plays a vital role in providing IP telephony services through its use of the SIP Proxy Server (SPS), a software application that provides call routing services by parsing and forwarding all the incoming SIP packets in an IP telephony network.  SIP Proxy Server Performance closely examines key aspects to the efficient design and implementation of SIP proxy server architecture. Together, a strong design and optimal implementation can enable significant enhancements to the performance characteristics of SPS. Since SPS performance can be characterized by the transaction states of each SIP session, the book analyzes an existing M/M/1-network performance model for SIP proxy servers in light of key performance benchmarks, such as the average response time for processing the SIP calls and the average number of SIP calls in the system. It also presents several other real-world industrial case studies to aid in further optimizations.  This book is intended for researchers, practitioners and professionals interested in optimizing SIP proxy server performance. Professionals working on other VoIP solutions will also find the book valuable. | <p>Proposes new models for the implementation of SIP proxy servers that greatly improve their performance and scale</p><p>Highlights applications for session-initiation protocol for video and streaming technologies</p><p>Presents real-world industrial case studies that can be used as a benchmark for close comparisons and further optimizations</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-0-387-95424-0 | Computer Science | Sun | [NAME] | [NAME] for Stereo Matching |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 270 p. 70 illus. | 0 | approx. | 36.95 | 39.54 | 40.65 | 34.99 | 53 | English | Computer Science | SCI2203X | Pattern Recognition | UYQP | SCI22021 | Image Processing and Computer Vision | UYT | Computer Science | Manual | Springer US | Planned | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Stereo vision.- Fast calculation of similarity measures.- Rectangular subregioning.- Multi-resolution Scheme.- Fast stereo matching.- Stereo matching using 3-D surface.- Stereo matching using warping.- Panoramic stereo matching.- Fast optical flow.- Discussions on reliability and speed.- Applications. | Computer vision problems are much larger than ever before. One way to satisfy demand is to design more efficient and clever algorithms that optimize computations in an existing processor. Such fast algorithms are becoming increasingly important for tele-reality, interactive media and visual serving applications. This book presents fast and reliable algorithms for dense stereo matching – for every point on the image – and optical-flow estimations using a general language, such as C, rather than dedicated hardware implementation. Techniques described are: fast algorithms for similarity measure, use of subregioning technique to expedite similarity calculation, multiresolution scheme, fast 3-D surface technique for stereo matching, and stereo matching using warping. [NAME] for Stereo Matching is a useful reference for academics, professionals, researchers, practitioners, and advanced graduate students in the areas of computer vision, digital photogrammetry, and 3-D video coding. | <P>Author hosts Fast Stereo Matching Demo website</P> <P>Author is widely-published leader in the field</P> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-0-387-74883-2 | Computer Science | Swartzlander | [NAME]; [NAME] | Computer Arithmetic: A Complete Reference |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 1100 p. | 0 | approx. | 192.5 | 205.98 | 211.75 | 227.5 | 415 | English | Computer Science | [NAME] | Processor Architectures | UYF | SCT24068 | Circuits and Systems | TJFC | Computer Science | Collection of essays | Springer US | Planned | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This is a collection of the key papers in floating-point arithmetic. The focus is on hardware implementation using VLSI circuits. Although some of the papers are written by academics, many are by people from industry describing real chips. This comprehensive book will combine collected papers from two previously published volumes into one accessible reference. Key Features: Book is a thorough compellation of the most influential papers in Computer Arithmetic; Combines obscure yet important papers into one easily accessible volume; Newest edition in established series from [NAME], a top expert in the field of Computer Arithmetic. | <P>Book is a thorough compellation of the most influential papers in Computer Arithmetic</P>  <P>Combines obscure yet important papers into one easily accessible volume</P>  <P>Newest edition in established series from [NAME], a top expert in the field of Computer Arithmetic</P>  <P>Thorough treatment of Floating-Point Arithmetic</P> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5282-8 | Computer Science | Treiber | [NAME] | Optimization for Computer Vision | An Introduction to Core Concepts and Methods | Advances in Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition |  | 1 | 2013 | 257 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 257 p. 107 illus., 93 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 79.95 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI22021 | Image Processing and Computer Vision | UYT | SCM26008 | Optimization | PBU | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- [NAME] Optimization.- Linear Programming and the Simplex Method.- Variational Methods.- Correspondence Problems.- Graph Cuts.- Dynamic Programming. | This practical and authoritative text/reference presents a broad introduction to the optimization methods used specifically in computer vision. In order to facilitate understanding, the presentation of the methods is supplemented by simple flow charts, followed by pseudocode implementations that reveal deeper insights into their mode of operation. These discussions are further supported by examples taken from important applications in computer vision. Topics and features: provides a comprehensive overview of computer vision-related optimization; covers a range of techniques from classical iterative multidimensional optimization to cutting-edge topics of graph cuts and GPU-suited total variation-based optimization; describes in detail the optimization methods employed in computer vision applications; illuminates key concepts with clearly written and step-by-step explanations; presents detailed information on implementation, including pseudocode for most methods. | <p>Presents a comprehensive overview of topics of relevance to computer vision-related optimization</p><p>Facilitates understanding by focusing on the fundamental concepts, and providing clearly written and easy-to-follow explanations</p>Supplies detailed information on how to implement specific methods, such as pseudocode | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-37958-1 | Computer Science | Tsutsui | [NAME]; [NAME] | Massively Parallel Evolutionary Computation on GPGPUs |  | Natural Computing Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 418 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 418 p. 200 illus., 95 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | SCT11014 | Computational Intelligence | UYQ | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chap. 1  Why GPGPUs for Evolutionary Computation?.- Chap. 2  Understanding NVIDIA GPGPU Hardware.- Chap. 3  Automatic Parallelization of EC on GPGPUs and Clusters of GPGPU Machines with EASEA and EASEA-CLOUD.- Chap. 4  Generic Local Search (Memetic) Algorithm on a Single GPGPU Chip.- Chap. 5  arGA: Adaptive Resolution Micro-genetic Algorithm with Tabu Search to Solve MINLP Problems Using GPU.- Chap. 6  An Analytical Study of GPU Computation by Parallel GA with Independent Runs.- Chap. 7  Many-Threaded Differential Evolution on the GPU.- Chap. 8  Scheduling Using Multiple Swarm Particle Optimization with Memetic Features on Graphics Processing Units.- Chap. 9  ACO with Tabu Search on GPUs for Fast Solution of the QAP.- Chap. 10  New Ideas in Parallel Metaheuristics on GPU: Systolic Genetic Search.- Chap. 11  Genetic Programming on GPGPU Cards Using EASEA.- Chap. 12  Cartesian Genetic Programming on the GPU.- Chap. 13  Implementation Techniques for Massively Parallel Multi-objective Optimization.- Chap. 14  Data Mining Using Parallel Multi-objective Evolutionary Algorithms on Graphics Processing Units.- Chap. 15  Large-Scale Bioinformatics Data Mining with Parallel Genetic Programming on Graphics Processing Units.- Chap. 16  GPU-Accelerated High-Accuracy Molecular Docking Using Guided Differential Evolution.- Chap. 17  Using Large-Scale Parallel Systems for Complex Crystallographic Problems in Materials Science.- Chap. 18  Artificial Chemistries on GPU.- Chap. 19  Acceleration of Genetic Algorithms for Sudoku Solution on Many-Core Processors. | Evolutionary algorithms (EAs) are metaheuristics that learn from natural collective behavior and are applied to solve optimization problems in domains such as scheduling, engineering, bioinformatics, and finance. Such applications demand acceptable solutions with high-speed execution using finite computational resources. Therefore, there have been many attempts to develop platforms for running parallel EAs using multicore machines, massively parallel cluster machines, or grid computing environments. Recent advances in general-purpose computing on graphics processing units (GPGPU) have opened up this possibility for parallel EAs, and this is the first book dedicated to this exciting development. The three chapters of Part I are tutorials, representing a comprehensive introduction to the approach, explaining the characteristics of the hardware used, and presenting a representative project to develop a platform for automatic parallelization of evolutionary computing (EC) on GPGPUs. The 10 chapters in Part II focus on how to consider key EC approaches in the light of this advanced computational technique, in particular addressing generic local search, tabu search, genetic algorithms, differential evolution, swarm optimization, ant colony optimization, systolic genetic search, genetic programming, and multiobjective optimization. The 6 chapters in Part III present successful results from real-world problems in data mining, bioinformatics, drug discovery, crystallography, artificial chemistries, and sudoku. Although the parallelism of EAs is suited to the single-instruction multiple-data (SIMD)-based GPU, there are many issues to be resolved in design and implementation, and a key feature of the contributions is the practical engineering advice offered. This book will be of value to researchers, practitioners, and graduate students in the areas of evolutionary computation and scientific computing. | <p>First book dedicated to exciting new approach</p><p>Content characterized by emphasis on solving practical problems</p><p>Valuable for researchers, practitioners, and graduate students</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-38570-4 | Computer Science | Wagner | [NAME] | Software Product Quality Control |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 210 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 210 p. 53 illus., 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 54.99 | 58.84 | 60.49 | 49.99 | 73.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14029 | Software Engineering | UMZ | SCI24067 | Management of Computing and Information Systems | UYZM | Professional Computing | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Quality is not a fixed or universal property of software; it depends on the context and goals of its stakeholders. Hence, when you want to develop a high-quality software system, the first step must be a clear and precise specification of quality. Yet even if you get it right and complete, you can be sure that it will become invalid over time. So the only solution is continuous quality control: the steady and explicit evaluation of a product’s properties with respect to its updated quality goals.This book guides you in setting up and running continuous quality control in your environment. Starting with a general introduction on the notion of quality, it elaborates what the differences between process and product quality are and provides definitions for quality-related terms often used without the required level of precision. On this basis, the work then discusses quality models as the foundation of quality control, explaining how to plan desired product qualities and how to ensure they are delivered throughout the entire lifecycle. Next it presents the main concepts and techniques of continuous quality control, discussing the quality control loop and its main techniques such as reviews or testing. In addition to sample scenarios in all chapters, the book is rounded out by a dedicated chapter highlighting several applications of different subsets of the presented quality control techniques in an industrial setting. The book is primarily intended for practitioners working in software engineering or quality assurance, who will benefit by learning how to improve their current processes, how to plan for quality, and how to apply state-of-the-art quality control techniques. Students and lecturers in computer science and specializing in software engineering will also profit from this book, which they can use in practice-oriented courses on software quality, software maintenance and quality assurance. | <p>Presents a state-of-the-art quality model for continuous software quality control</p><p>Illustrates the application of techniques and methodologies using numerous real-world examples</p><p>Enhanced by numerous checklists and commented suggestions for further reading</p><p>Based on more than ten years of consulting experience for blue chip companies</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-319-01019-9 | Computer Science | Weller | René Weller | New Geometric Data Structures for Collision Detection and Haptics |  | Springer Series on Touch and Haptic Systems |  | 1 | 2013 | 252 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 252 p. 169 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 75.95 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI21025 | Simulation and Modeling | UGK | SCM14018 | Algorithms | PBKS | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Series Editors’ Foreword.- Preface.- Part I – That was Then, This is Now.- Introduction.- A Brief Overview of Collision Detection.- Part II – Algorithms and Data Structures.- Kinetic Data Structures for Collision Detection.- Sphere Packings for Arbitrary Objects.- Inner Sphere Trees.- Part III – Evaluation and Application.- Evaluation and Analysis of Collision Detection Algorithms.- Applications.- Part IV – Every End is Just a New Beginning.- Epilogue. | Starting with novel algorithms for optimally updating bounding volume hierarchies of objects undergoing arbitrary deformations, the author presents a new data structure that allows, for the first time, the computation of the penetration volume. The penetration volume is related to the water displacement of the overlapping region, and thus corresponds to a physically motivated and continuous force. The practicability of the approaches used is shown by realizing new applications in the field of robotics and haptics, including a user study that evaluates the influence of the degrees of freedom in complex haptic interactions. New Geometric Data Structures for Collision Detection and Haptics closes by proposing an open source benchmarking suite that evaluates both the performance and the quality of the collision response in order to guarantee a fair comparison of different collision detection algorithms.Required in the fields of computer graphics, physically-based simulations, computer animations, robotics and haptics, collision detection is a fundamental problem that arises every time we interact with virtual objects. Some of the open challenges associated with collision detection include the handling of deformable objects, the stable computation of physically-plausible contact information, and the extremely high frequencies that are required for haptic rendering. New Geometric Data Structures for Collision Detection and Haptics presents new solutions to all of these challenges, and will prove to be a valuable resource for researchers and practitioners of collision detection in the haptics, robotics and computer graphics and animation domains. | <p>State of the art review of the current data structures for collision detection </p><p>Features a novel geometric data structure for collision detection at haptic rates between arbitrary rigid objects</p><p>Presents new applications based on the latest research</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-7830-0 | Computer Science | Xiao | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Dynamic Secrets in Communication Security |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 134 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 134 p. 41 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14050 | Systems and Data Security | UR | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | Professional Computing | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Communication Security and Key Safety.- Dynamic Secrets.- Dynamic Wireless Security.- Dynamic Key Management in a Smart Grid.- Secrecy in Communications.- Reliability Analysis for Communication Security.- Future Applications. | Dynamic secrets are constantly generated and updated from messages exchanged between two communication users. When dynamic secrets are used as a complement to existing secure communication systems, a stolen key or password can be quickly and automatically reverted to its secret status without disrupting communication.    'Dynamic Secrets in Communication Security' presents unique security properties and application studies for this technology. Password theft and key theft no longer pose serious security threats when parties frequently use dynamic secrets. This book also  illustrates that a dynamic secret based security scheme  guarantees  impersonation attacks are detected even if an adversary steals a user’s password or their key is lost.  Practitioners and researchers working in network security or wireless communications will find this book a must-have reference. 'Dynamic Secrets in Communication Security' is also a valuable secondary text for advanced-level students in computer science and electrical engineering. | <p>Presents unique security properties and application studies for dynamic secrets</p><p><p>Compares dynamic secrets with conventional forms of secrets such as passwords and cryptographic keys using theoretical analysis and daily life analogies</p><p><p>Includes a case study on wireless medical devices and smart grid communications as examples for the practicality of dynamic secrets</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-7399-2 | Computer Science | Zhang | [NAME]; [NAME] | 3D Biometrics | Systems and Applications |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 290 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 290 p. 230 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI22040 | Biometrics | UYQP | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | Professional Computing | Monograph | Springer New York | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-12 00:00:00 |  | Overview.- 3D Biometrics Technologies and Systems.- 3D Ear Acquisition System.- Two Significant Characteristics in 3D Ear.- 3D Ear Feature Extraction and Recognition.- 3D Palmprint Capturing System.- 3D Information in Palmprint.- 3D Palmprint Classification by Global Features.- Joint Line and Orientation Features in 3D Palmprint.- 3D Fingerprint Acquisition Device.- 3D Fingerprint Reconstruction.- 3D Fingerprint Identification System.- The Principle of 3D Camera Imaging.- 3D Face Verification System.- Book Review and Future Work. | Automatic personal authentication using biometric information is becoming more essential in applications of public security, access control, forensics, banking, etc. Many kinds of biometric authentication techniques have been developed based on different biometric characteristics. However, most of the physical biometric recognition techniques are based on two dimensional (2D) images, despite the fact that human characteristics are three dimensional (3D) surfaces. Recently, 3D techniques have been applied to biometric applications such as 3D face, 3D palmprint, 3D fingerprint, and 3D ear recognition.   This book introduces four typical 3D imaging methods, and presents some case studies in the field of 3D biometrics. This book also includes many efficient 3D feature extraction, matching, and fusion algorithms. These 3D imaging methods and their applications are given as follows:  - Single view imaging with line structured-light: 3D ear identification  - Single view imaging with multi-line structured-light: 3D palmprint authentication  - Single view imaging using only 3D camera: 3D hand verification  - Multi-view imaging: 3D fingerprint recognition  3D Biometrics: Systems and Applications is a comprehensive introduction to both theoretical issues and practical implementation in 3D biometric authentication. It will serve as a textbook or as a useful reference for graduate students and researchers in the fields of computer science, electrical engineering, systems science, and information technology. Researchers and practitioners in industry and R&D laboratories working on security system design, biometrics, immigration, law enforcement, control, and pattern recognition will also find much of interest in this book. | <p>Includes discussions on popular 3D imaging technologies, combines them with biometric applications, and then presents real 3D biometric systems </p><p>Introduces many efficient 3D feature extraction, matching, and fusion algorithms </p><p>Techniques presented have been supported by experimental results using various 3D biometric classifications</p> | Professionals | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-7992-5 | Economics | Alleman | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Demand for Communications Services – Insights and Perspectives | Essays in Honor of [NAME] | The Economics of Information, Communication, and Entertainment |  | 1 | 2014 | 255 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 255 p. 62 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 86.5 | 127.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12065 | Economic Theory | KCA | SCW23140 | Media Management | KNT | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Overview: The Future of Telecommunications, media, and technology.- Prologue I: Research Demands on Demand Research.- Prologue II: [NAME]’s Insights.- Advances in Theory.- Regression with a Two-Dimensional Dependent Variable.- Piecewise Linear L1 Modeling.- Empirical Applications: Information and Communication Technologies.- “Over the Top:” Has Technological Change Radically Altered the Prospects for Traditional Media?.- Forecasting Video Cord-Cutting: The Bypass of Traditional Pay Television.- Blended Traditional and [NAME] and Performance.- How Important Is the Media and Content Sector to the European Economy?.- Product Differences and e-Purchasing: An Empirical Study in Spain.- Forecasting the Demand for Business Communications Services.- Residential Demand for Wireless Telephony.- Empirical Applications: Other Areas.- Pricing and Maximizing Profit within Corporations.- Avalanche Forecasting: Using Bayesian Additive Regression Trees.- Evidenced Based Policy Applications.- Universal Rural Broadband: Economics and Policy.- Who Values the Media?.- A Systems Estimation Approach to Cost, Schedule and Quantity Outcomes.- Conclusion.- Fifty Years of Studying Economics.- Future Research: Where We Go from Here?.- Appendix.- The Contribution of Lester D. Taylor Using Bibliometrics. | This volume grew out of a conference organized by [NAME] and [NAME], conducted on October 10, 2011 in Jackson Hole, Wyoming, in honor of the work of [NAME], whose pioneering work in demand and market analysis has had profound implications on research across a wide spectrum of industries.  In his Prologue, [NAME] notes that demand analysis in the information sector must recognize the “public good” characteristics of media products and networks, while taking into account the effects of interdependent user behavior; the strong cross-elasticities in a market; as well as the phenomenon of supply creating its own demand.  The second Prologue, by [NAME] and [NAME], focuses more specifically on [NAME]’s body of work, in particular its practical applications and usefulness in analyses of, and practices within, the Information and Communications Technology  (ICT) sector (known in Europe and elsewhere as the Telecommunications, Media, and Technology ([NAME]) sector).  The remainder of the book is organized into four parts:  Advances in Theory; Empirical Applications; Evidence-Based Policy Applications; and a final Conclusion.  The book closes with an Appendix by [NAME] and [NAME] detailing [NAME]’s contributions using bibliometrics. Not only featuring chapters from distinguished scholars in economics, applied sciences, and technology, this volume includes two contributions directly from [NAME], providing unique insight into economics from a lifetime in the field.  “What a worthy book! Every applied researcher in communications encounters [NAME]’s work. Many empirical exercises in communications can trace their roots to [NAME]’s pioneering research and his thoughtful leadership. This book assembles an impressive set of contributors and contributions to honor [NAME]. No surprise, the collection extends far and wide into many of the core topics of communications and media markets. The emphasis is where it should be–on important and novel research questions informed by useful data. —[NAME], Professor of Management and Strategy, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University  “For more than 40 years, [NAME] has been a leader in the application of consumer modeling, econometric techniques and microeconomic data to understand residential and business user behavior in telecommunications markets. During that time, he inspired a cadre of students and colleagues who applied this potent combination to address critical corporate andregulatory issues arising in the telecommunications sector. This volume collects the recent product of many of these same researchers and several other devotees who go beyond empirical analysis of fixed line service by extending Prof. [NAME]’s approach to the next wave of services and technologies. These contributions, including two new papers by Prof. [NAME], offer an opportunity for the next generation to learn from his work as it grapples with the pressing issues of consumer demand in the rapidly evolving digital economy.” [NAME], Adjunct Professor of Economics, University of California, Berkeley | <p>Applies [NAME]’s groundbreaking approaches to consumer demand and market analysis to the information technology, communications, and media industries</p><p>Features contributions from a distinguished array of international scholars in economics, applied sciences, and technology</p><p>Covers advances in theory, empirical applications, and policy implications</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-00842-4 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Capacity and Inventory Planning for Make-to-Order Production Systems | The Impact of a Customer Required Lead Time Distribution | Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems | 671 | 1 | 2014 | 112 | Soft cover | Book | X, 112 p. 30 illus., 28 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Introduction.- Literature Review.- Single-Stage Service Level and Tardiness Model.- Simultaneous Capacity and Planned Lead Time Optimization.- Optimal Composition of Number and Size of Machines.- Service Level Constraint Models.- Conclusion. | ​The book presents different models for the simultaneous optimization problem of capacity investment and work release rule parameterization. The overall costs are minimized either including backorder costs or considering a service level constraint. The available literature is extended with the integration of a distributed customer required lead time in addition to the actual demand distribution. Furthermore, an endogenous production lead time is introduced. Different models for make-to-order production systems with one or multiple serial processing stages are developed. Capacity investment is linked to the processing rates of the machines or to the number of the machines. Results are equations for service level, tardiness, and FGI lead time in such a production system. For special cases with M/M/1 and M/M/s queues explicit solutions of the optimization problems or optimality conditions concerning capacity investment and work release rule parameterization are provided. | <p>​Identifies inventory reduction potentials for MTO production systems </p><p>Develops equations and model frameworks as well as explicitly solved optimization problems that can easily be adopted by researchers</p><p>Explains how the understanding of the influence of customer required lead time supports capacity and inventory decisions</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38711-1 | Economics | [NAME] | Volker [NAME] | Healthcare Management | Managed Care Organisations and Instruments | Springer Texts in Business and Economics |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 380 p. | 0 | approx. | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23220 | Health Care Management | KCQ | SCH27030 | Health Administration | MBPM | Management / Business for Professionals | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Basic Ideas of Managed Care.- Managed Care Organisations and Products.- Managed Care Instruments.- Evaluation of Managed Care. ​ | Within the international discussion on the structure of healthcare systems, managed care is an increasingly important topic. Over more than twenty years managed care approaches have fundamentally influenced healthcare systems in terms of patient orientation, efficiency, and quality. Experts assume that up to 20% of healthcare expenses can be saved by applying high-quality managed care approaches. By using suitable organisational forms and management principles, not only can costs be reduced, but the quality of medical service provision can be augmented. Managed care is therefore much more than a cost-cutting strategy. The goal of this book is to offer a systematic overview of the organisational forms and management instruments implemented in managed care. Advocates consider managed care to be a logical and necessary developmental step in modern healthcare systems. An increase in quality and at the same time a reduction of costs is not seen as contradictory but rather as consistent. Therefore, managed care is a response to changed challenges in the provision of healthcare.​ | <p>Provides a comprehensive overview on managed care institutions and instruments and their key success factors  </p><p>Combines the theoretical background of healthcare management instruments with practical case studies from various organisation types </p><p>Allows a broad audience (students of healthcare-related courses, providers, insurers or other interested stakeholders) to better understand managed care approaches​</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-540-88323-4 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Technological Trends in ICT |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 140 | Hard cover | Book | 140p. | 0 | approx. | 59.95 | 64.15 | 65.95 | 55.99 | 86 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Part 1.- Part 2.- Part 3.- Index. | This book covers an in depth analysis of selected trends and developments that have begun to change the information and communications technology (ICT) industry. Based on the 'Deutsche Telekom Technology Radar', a technology screening and foresighting instrument for the telecom provider’s technology and innovation management, it provides views of international thought leaders on recent research and future developments on these topics with a perspective for their application in new products and services. | <p>Shows technology trends based on the experiences of one of a leading innovation center for technology</p><p>Focuses on technologies for information and communication</p><p>Outlines the impact and action points for management and top management</p><p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-1631-9 | Economics | Barreto | [NAME]; [NAME] | Race, Class, and Precinct Quality in American Cities |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 190 | Hard cover | Book | 190p. 25 illus.. | 0 | approx. | 89.95 | 96.25 | 98.95 | 79.5 | 117.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW00008 | Economics/Management Science, general | K | SCJ00000 | Geography (general) | RG | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer US | Planned | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Nearly forty years after passage of the 1965 Voting Rights Act, a fundamental question remains unanswered: although all citizens have an equal right to the ballot, do all citizens enjoy equal access to the ballot box?  More specifically, are voting precincts in predominantly low-income and non-white neighborhoods less visible, less stable, harder to find, and more difficult to navigate than are precincts in high-income and predominantly white neighborhoods?  If so, do such lower levels of accessibility result in lower levels of voting, all other things being equal?    To investigate this important issue, scholars in cities across the United States participated in a precinct quality study during the November 2004 election.  A similar 30-item check list was employed in each of the cities to gauge precinct quality and accessibility.  This volume brings together the results and discusses the intricacies of precinct quality in many of America’s largest cities. While Congress has considered standardizing the voting process in all fifty states, the results of this study indicate that vast differences in polling place quality exist not only between but also within cities.  More specifically, the analysis reveals that the quality of polling places varies across the diverse neighborhoods of America and that precinct quality affects voter turnout.  Low-income and minority communities tend to have lower quality precincts, which tend to depress already low levels of electoral participation. | Considers the question although all citizens have an equal right to the ballot, do all citizens enjoy equal access to the ballot box Based on the results of a first-of-its-kind study of precinct quality, which took place during the November 2004 elections Examines the issue in America’s largest and most diverse cities, including New York, Los Angeles, Atlanta, Phoenix and Miami | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-7247-6 | Economics | Benth | Fred Espen Benth; [NAME]; [NAME] | Quantitative Energy Finance | Modeling, Pricing, and Hedging in Energy and Commodity Markets |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 294 | Hard cover | Book | X, 294 p. 85 illus., 67 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | SCM13062 | Quantitative Finance | KF | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | A review of optimal investment rules in electricity generation.- A Survey of Commodity Markets and Structural Models for Electricity Prices.- Fourier based valuation methods in mathematical finance.- Mathematics of Swing Options: A Survey.- Inference for Markov-regime switching models of electricity spot prices.- Modelling electricity day–ahead prices by multivariate [NAME] semistationary processes.- Modelling Power Forward Prices.- An analysis of the main determinants of electricity forward prices and forward risk premia.- A Dynamic Lévy Copula Model for the Spark Spread.- Constrained density estimation.- Electricity Options and Additional Information. | Finance and energy markets have been an active scientific field for some time, even though the development and applications of sophisticated quantitative methods in these areas are relatively new—and referred to in a broader context as energy finance. Energy finance is often viewed as a branch of mathematical finance, yet this area continues to provide a rich source of issues that are fuelling new and exciting research developments. Based on a special thematic year at the Wolfgang Pauli Institute (WPI) in Vienna, Austria, this edited collection features cutting-edge research from leading scientists in the fields of energy and commodity finance. Topics discussed include modeling and analysis of energy and commodity markets, derivatives hedging and pricing, and optimal investment strategies and modeling of emerging markets, such as power and emissions. The book also confronts the challenges one faces in energy markets from a quantitative point of view, as well as the recent advances in solving these problems using advanced mathematical, statistical and numerical methods. By addressing the emerging area of quantitative energy finance, this volume will serve as a valuable resource for graduate-level students and researchers studying financial mathematics, risk management, or energy finance. | <p>First comprehensive collection of current research in the new emerging field of quantitative energy finance </p><p>Offers a sophisticated theoretical approach to problems of interest in energy risk management </p><p>Blends mathematical techniques with new developments in energy finance</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1283-6 | Economics | Bhandari | [NAME]; [NAME] | Microfinance, Risk-taking Behaviour and Rural Livelihood |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 199 | Hard cover | Book | XIX, 199 p. 27 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | SCW12257 | Financial Economics | KCBM | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: Structural Transformation of Rural Finance in India: A Critical Review.- Chapter 2: Risk Taking Behaviour in Financial Decision Making: A Village Level Study.- Chapter 3: Impacts of Caste, Risk, and Time Preference on Borrowing Behavior: A Case Study in West Bengal, India.- Chapter 4: Microfinance and Rural Entrepreneurship: An Assessment.- Chapter 5: SHGs for Poverty Alleviation? Perspectives from a Tamil Nadu Village under Rapid Economic Development.- Chapter 6: Achievements and Challenges of SHG-Bank Linkage Program in India: The Result of Village Surveys in Andhra Pradesh and Maharashtra.- Chapter 7: Synergistic Effects of microfinance through SHGs: A Study of basic Health and Primary Education indicators.- Chapter 8: For a Better World: Livelihood Security Measurement of the SHG Members.- Chapter 9: Public Spending and Rural Livelihood in India: A Study of MGNREGA.- Chapter 10: Factual Achievement of MGNREGA: Calls for an Optimal Planning using [NAME]. | Microfinance, risk taking behavior and rural livelihood are the three dominating issues in the rural financial landscape. Inadequate access to financial services is considered to be one of the main reasons behind inadequate economic opportunity and poverty in rural India. Microfinance has played a significant role in shaping the rural financial scenario. There is a need for micro-finance institutions to focus on a heterogeneous demand structure for the financial services provided to the rural poor. This book aims to provide an up-to-date and in-depth analysis of borrowing and risk taking behavior of rural people, which might help to design financial products and delivery of services in the rural market. It attempts to highlight and review the actual meaning, functions and challenges of microfinance through SHGs in the rapidly changing rural scenario and livelihood aspects of the group members. In addition, the present volume also investigates the effectiveness of government schemes to promote rural development. It is intended for those who are interested in understanding the grassroots reality of the Indian rural financial sector. | <p>Decoding the functioning of microfinance in a rapidly changing rural scenario </p><p>Addresses the issue of borrowing and risk taking behavior of rural people</p><p>Examines the scope of implementation of government programmes and schemes for rural livelihoods</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38069-3 | Economics | Bog | [NAME] | Benchmarking Transaction and Analytical Processing Systems | The Creation of a Mixed Workload Benchmark and its Application | In-Memory Data Management Research |  | 1 | 2014 | 164 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 164 p. 34 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | SCI18024 | Database Management | UN | Management / Business for Professionals | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I: Background of Transactional and Analytical Systems in Logical Database Design and Benchmarking.- Part II: Towards a Benchmark for Mixed Workloads and its Application in Evaluating Database Schemas.- Part III: Implementation, Evaluation, and Discussion.- Part IV: Appendix. | Systems for Online Transaction Processing (OLTP) and Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) are currently separate. The potential of the latest technologies and changes in operational and analytical applications over the last decade have given rise to the unification of these systems, which can be of benefit for both workloads. Research and industry have reacted and prototypes of hybrid database systems are now appearing.Benchmarks are the standard method for evaluating, comparing and supporting the development of new database systems. Because of the separation of OLTP and OLAP systems, existing benchmarks are only focused on one or the other. With the rise of hybrid database systems, benchmarks to assess these systems will be needed as well. Based on the examination of existing benchmarks, a new benchmark for hybrid database systems is introduced in this book. It is furthermore used to determine the effect of adding OLAP to an OLTP workload and is applied to analyze the impact of typically used optimizations in the historically separate OLTP and OLAP domains in mixed-workload scenarios. | <p>​This book introduces the first realistic benchmark that can be used by companies to evaluate hybrid OLTP and OLAP systems</p><p>A detailed description of database models helps the reader to understand the challenge of reuniting OLTP and OLAP</p><p>The reader is introduced into the scientific world of benchmarking hybrid OLTP and OLAP database systems</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-00917-9 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; Ricardo Torres Pérez | No More Free Lunch | Reflections on the Cuban Economic Reform Process and Challenges for Transformation |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 260 | Hard cover | Book | X, 260 p. 51 illus., 41 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12014 | Development Economics | KCM | SCW23180 | Emerging Markets/Globalization | KJSM | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 Structural Problems and Changes in Cuba's Economic Model.- Chapter 2 The Economic Transformation Process in Cuba after 2011.- Chapter 3 Current Problems in the Cuban Economy and Necessary Reforms.- Chapter 4 Monetary and [NAME] in Cuba: Lessons from Vietnam.- Chapter 5 Food Production and Import Substitution in the Cuban Reform Process.- Chapter 6 Cuba's 'Apertura' to Small Enterprise.- Chapter 7 Entrepreneurship, Innovation and SMEs: What Cuba can [NAME] from the Vietnamese Reform Process.- Chapter 8 Science, Technology, Innovation Policies and the Innovation System in Cuba: Assessment and Prospects.- Chapter 9 Foreign Direct Investments in Cuba and Vietnam: Lessons Learned.- Chapter 10 Socially Responsible Enterprise: Local Development and Inclusive Economic Growth in Cuba.- Concluding [NAME] the Cuban Economy? Concluding Reflections. | In September 2010, the Cuban government decided to embark on an economic reform program, unprecedented after the Revolution in 1959. This opened up opportunities for Cuban economists and scholars to participate in the development of the reform program. Thanks to grants from SSRC (Social Sciences Research Council, New York) and the Norwegian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, several researchers from the Cuban think tank CEEC (Center for Studies of the Cuban Economy, Havana) got an opportunity to visit countries that could be of interest for the reform process, notably Vietnam, but also Brazil, South Africa and Norway.   The result of these field visits and a subsequent workshop involving contributions from Cuban as well as non-Cuban scholars, this volume showcases unprecedented new insights into the process and prospects for reform along many dimensions, including foreign direct investment, import substitution, entrepreneurship and business creation, science and technology development, and fiscal policies.  The resulting analysis, in a comparative perspective, provides a framework for future research as well as for business practice and policymaking. | <p>Explores the prospects for economic reform in Cuba from many perspectives</p><p>Compares the experience to Cuba to that of Vietnam </p><p>Contributors include leading Cuban and Vietnamese economists​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-6939-1 | Economics | Burke | [NAME]; [NAME] | Search Methodologies | Introductory Tutorials in Optimization and Decision Support Techniques |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 721 | Hard cover | Book | X, 721 p. 129 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCM26024 | Operations Research, Management Science | KJT | Business/Economics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer US | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Classical Techniques.- Integer Programming.- Genetic Algorithms.- Scatter Search.- [NAME] Programming.- [NAME] Intelligence.- Tabu Search.- Simulated Annealing.- GRASP: Greedy Randomized Adaptive Search Procedures.- Variable Neighborhood Search.- [NAME] Search.- Constraint Programming.- Multi-objective Optimization.- Sharpened and Focused No Free Lunch and Complexity Theory.- Machine Learning.- [NAME] Reasoning.- Rough-Set-Based Decision Support.- Hyper-heuristics.- Approximations and Randomization.- [NAME]. | The first edition of Search Methodologies: Introductory Tutorials in Optimization and Decision Support Techniques was originally put together to offer a basic introduction to the various search and optimization techniques that students might need to use during their research, and this new edition continues this tradition. Search Methodologies has been expanded and brought completely up to date, including new chapters covering scatter search, GRASP, and very large neighborhood search. The chapter authors are drawn from across Computer Science and Operations Research and include some of the world’s leading authorities in their field. The book provides useful guidelines for implementing the methods and frameworks described and offers valuable tutorials to students and researchers in the field.“As I embarked on the pleasant journey of reading through the chapters of this book, I became convinced that this is one of the best sources of introductory material on the search methodologies topic to be found. The book’s subtitle, “Introductory Tutorials in Optimization and Decision Support Techniques”, aptly describes its aim, and the editors and contributors to this volume have achieved this aim with remarkable success. The chapters in this book are exemplary in giving useful guidelines for implementing the methods and frameworks described.” [NAME], Leeds School of Business, University of Colorado Boulder, USA“[The book] aims to present a series of well written tutorials by the leading experts in their fields. Moreover, it does this by covering practically the whole possible range of topics in the discipline. It enables students and practitioners to study and appreciate the beauty and the power of some of the computational search techniques that are able to effectively navigate through search spaces that are sometimes inconceivably large. I am convinced that this second edition will build on the success of the first edition and that it will prove to be just as popular.” [NAME], Institute of Computing Science, Poznan University of Technology and Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry, Polish Academy of Sciences | <p>Brings field of heuristic optimization methods up to date</p><p>Three new chapters cover scatter search, GRASP, and very large neighborhood search</p><p>The editors, [NAME] and [NAME], are respected names in the field</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-3857-1 | Economics | Carayannis | [NAME] | Encyclopedia of Creativity, Invention, Innovation and Entrepreneurship |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 1908 | Hard cover | Book | XXXII, 1908 p. 376 illus., 192 illus. in color. In 3 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 799 | 854.93 | 878.9 | 719.5 | 1064 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23008 | Business/Management Science, general | KJ | SCW23130 | Entrepreneurship | KJH | Business/Economics | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-01 00:00:00 |  |  |  | ​The Encyclopedia of Creativity, Invention, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (CI2E) is a four-volume electronic and print reference that will uniquely cover the broad spectrum of topics relating to the process of creativity and innovation, from a wide variety of perspectives (e.g., economics, management, psychology, anthropology, policy, technology, education, the arts) and modes (individual, organization, industry, nation, region). The project is scheduled to complete by the end of 2012, and will be comprised of some 300 topical entries, definitions of key terms and concepts, and 12-20 “keynote” or review essays, from a global array of researchers, business executives, policymakers, and artists, illuminating the many facets of creativity and innovation, and highlighting their relationships to such universal concepts as knowledge management, economic opportunity, and sustainability.   The Editors are looking to generate some 75 definitions/entries of approximately 2,000-4,000 words apiece plus 3-5 longer (10-20 pp) essays for each section (Creativity, Invention, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship). The presentation style of the entries is informational/educational; the entries should describe, define, synthesize, and review a topic, rather than showcase original theoretical or empirical research findings.  Entries may feature electronic supplementary materials, such as audio-visual presentations, and may be updated after initial publication, to reflect the most current information and insights.  Please contact the Editors or see Guidelines for Authors for more detailed information.​ | This four volume reference set uniquely covers the broad spectrum of topics relating to innovation—from the psychology of creativity to regional economic development, from new product design to education in entrepreneurship  It features over 300 definitions of key terms and concepts, over 300 topical entries, and 10 review essays from a global array of researchers, business executives, policymakers, and artists, developing a more comprehensive set of perspectives on the process of innovation than has been attempted to date | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-3858-8 | Economics | Carayannis | [NAME] | Encyclopedia of Creativity, Invention, Innovation and Entrepreneurship |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 1908 |  | eReference work | XXXII, 1908 p. 376 illus., 192 illus. in color. eReference. | 1 | final | 799 | 950.81 | 958.8 | 719.5 | 1118 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23008 | Business/Management Science, general | KJ | SCW23130 | Entrepreneurship | KJH | Business/Economics | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-01 00:00:00 |  |  |  | ​The Encyclopedia of Creativity, Invention, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (CI2E) is a four-volume electronic and print reference that will uniquely cover the broad spectrum of topics relating to the process of creativity and innovation, from a wide variety of perspectives (e.g., economics, management, psychology, anthropology, policy, technology, education, the arts) and modes (individual, organization, industry, nation, region). The project is scheduled to complete by the end of 2012, and will be comprised of some 300 topical entries, definitions of key terms and concepts, and 12-20 “keynote” or review essays, from a global array of researchers, business executives, policymakers, and artists, illuminating the many facets of creativity and innovation, and highlighting their relationships to such universal concepts as knowledge management, economic opportunity, and sustainability.   The Editors are looking to generate some 75 definitions/entries of approximately 2,000-4,000 words apiece plus 3-5 longer (10-20 pp) essays for each section (Creativity, Invention, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship). The presentation style of the entries is informational/educational; the entries should describe, define, synthesize, and review a topic, rather than showcase original theoretical or empirical research findings.  Entries may feature electronic supplementary materials, such as audio-visual presentations, and may be updated after initial publication, to reflect the most current information and insights.  Please contact the Editors or see Guidelines for Authors for more detailed information.​ | This four volume reference set uniquely covers the broad spectrum of topics relating to innovation—from the psychology of creativity to regional economic development, from new product design to education in entrepreneurship  It features over 300 definitions of key terms and concepts, over 300 topical entries, and 10 review essays from a global array of researchers, business executives, policymakers, and artists, developing a more comprehensive set of perspectives on the process of innovation than has been attempted to date | Science | E-book | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-4579-1 | Economics | Carayannis | [NAME] | Encyclopedia of Creativity, Invention, Innovation and Entrepreneurship |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 1908 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | XXXII, 1908 p. 376 illus., 192 illus. in color. Print + eReference. In 3 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 999 | 1068.93 | 1098.9 | 899.5 | 1330 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23008 | Business/Management Science, general | KJ | SCW23130 | Entrepreneurship | KJH | Business/Economics | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-01 00:00:00 |  |  |  | ​The Encyclopedia of Creativity, Invention, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (CI2E) is a four-volume electronic and print reference that will uniquely cover the broad spectrum of topics relating to the process of creativity and innovation, from a wide variety of perspectives (e.g., economics, management, psychology, anthropology, policy, technology, education, the arts) and modes (individual, organization, industry, nation, region). The project is scheduled to complete by the end of 2012, and will be comprised of some 300 topical entries, definitions of key terms and concepts, and 12-20 “keynote” or review essays, from a global array of researchers, business executives, policymakers, and artists, illuminating the many facets of creativity and innovation, and highlighting their relationships to such universal concepts as knowledge management, economic opportunity, and sustainability.   The Editors are looking to generate some 75 definitions/entries of approximately 2,000-4,000 words apiece plus 3-5 longer (10-20 pp) essays for each section (Creativity, Invention, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship). The presentation style of the entries is informational/educational; the entries should describe, define, synthesize, and review a topic, rather than showcase original theoretical or empirical research findings.  Entries may feature electronic supplementary materials, such as audio-visual presentations, and may be updated after initial publication, to reflect the most current information and insights.  Please contact the Editors or see Guidelines for Authors for more detailed information.​ | This four volume reference set uniquely covers the broad spectrum of topics relating to innovation—from the psychology of creativity to regional economic development, from new product design to education in entrepreneurship  It features over 300 definitions of key terms and concepts, over 300 topical entries, and 10 review essays from a global array of researchers, business executives, policymakers, and artists, developing a more comprehensive set of perspectives on the process of innovation than has been attempted to date | Science | Reduced (3) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-7638-2 | Economics | Choi | Tsan-Ming Choi | Handbook of EOQ Inventory Problems | Stochastic and Deterministic Models and Applications | International Series in Operations Research & Management Science | 197 | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 300 p. 45 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCM26024 | Operations Research, Management Science | KJT | Business/Economics | Handbook | Springer US | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | A Century of the EOQ.- Multi-period Lot-sizing with Stationary Demand: Extension to Forecast Horizons.- EOQ Models with Supply Disruptions.- Existence of EOQ and Its Evaluation: Some Cases of Stock Blow Down Dynamics Depending on Its Level.- Generalizing the Ordering Cost and Holding-Backlog Cost Rate Functions in EOQ-type Inventory Models.- Economic and Environmental Performance of the Firm: Synergy or Trade-off? Insights from the EOQ Model.- EOQ Models with Two Modes of Freight Transportation and All-Units Quantity Discounts.- An EOQ-based Spare Parts Network Design.- Supply Chain Coordination with Energy Price Uncertainty, Carbon Emission Cost, and Product Return.- Coordinating a Supply Chain with an EOQ Model.- The Utility of EOQ in Supply Chain Design and Operation.- Modeling a Coordinated Manufacturer-Buyer Single-Item System Under Vendor-Managed Inventory. | The Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) inventory model first appeared in 1913, and in its centennial, it is still one of the most important inventory models.  Despite the abundance of both classical and new research results, there was (until now) no comprehensive reference source that provides the state-of-the-art findings on both theoretical and applied research on the EOQ and its related models. This edited handbook puts together all these interesting works and the respective insights into an edited volume.The handbook contains papers which explore both the deterministic and the stochastic EOQ-model based problems and applications. It is organized into three parts: Part I presents three papers that provide an introduction and review of various EOQ related models. Part II includes four technical analyses on single-echelon EOQ-model based inventory problems. Part III consists of five papers on applications of the EOQ model for multi-echelon supply chain inventory analysis. | <p>​​​​First handbook devoted to EOQ Problems </p><p>Will be the standard reference in the field </p><p>Covers both deterministic and stochastic models​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-37237-7 | Economics | Christoffersen | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Good Society | A Comparative Study of Denmark and Switzerland |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 329 | Hard cover | Book | X, 329 p. 67 illus., 25 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12162 | Public Finance & Economics | KFFD | SCX18020 | Political Economy | KCP | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Introduction.- Part I: The Quality of Life in Two Different Good Societies: Denmark and Switzerland.- 2 Two Wealthy Economies and Their Development.- 3 Are the Standards of Living Similar or Dissimilar?- 4 Happiness in Denmark and Switzerland.-  Part II: Two Models of Good Societies.- 5 Two Stylized Economic Models.- 6 Political Institutions and Politics.- 7 Civil Society.- 8 Two Variants of the Welfare State.- 9 Immigration.-  Part III: Challenges for the Two Good Societies.- 10  The Future of the Danish Welfare State.- 11 The Future of the Swiss Welfare State.- 12 Conclusion. | Denmark and Switzerland are small and successful countries with exceptionally content populations. However, they have very different political institutions and economic models. They have followed the general tendency in the West toward economic convergence, but both countries have managed to stay on top. They both have a strong liberal tradition, but otherwise their economic strategies are a welfare state model for Denmark and a safe haven model for Switzerland. The Danish welfare state is tax-based, while the expenditures for social welfare are insurance-based in Switzerland. The political institutions are a multiparty unicameral system in Denmark, and a permanent coalition system with many referenda and strong local government in Switzerland. Both approaches have managed to ensure smoothly working political power-sharing and economic systems that allocate resources in a fairly efficient way. To date, they have also managed to adapt the economies to changes in the external environment with a combination of stability and flexibility. | <p>Providing empirical answers on how to achieve a good society </p><p>Highly relevant comparative study in political economy and welfare studies </p><p>Bringing together work from economists and political scientists ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1517-2 | Economics | Das Gupta | [NAME] | Business Ethics | Texts and Cases from the Indian Perspective | India Studies in Business and Economics |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. 31 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23200 | Non-Profit Enterprises/Corporate Social Responsibility | KJVX | SCE14000 | Ethics | HPQ | Business/Economics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer India | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | PART I: Introducing Ethics.- 1. Understanding the Maze.- 2. What [NAME] is a Set of Principles?.- 3. The East and the West.- PART II: Ethics in Business Practice: Functional Areas of Management.- 4. Ethics in Business Practice: Human Resource   Management.- 5. Ethics in Business Practice: Marketing Management.- 6. Ethics in Business Practice: Accounting.- PART III.- 7. The Role of Business in Society: Corporate Governance, Social   Responsibility and Social Impact Management.- 8. Corporate Social Responsibility.- 9. Social Impact Management. | Business ethics is understood in a comprehensive and differentiated sense, as in recent years it has evolved under the influence of globalization. The present book examines inclusive growth, which includes more than just poverty alleviation and seeks to address the problem of equity through the enhancement of opportunities for all parties. This conforms to the fundamental task of business ethics, which is to enhance the ethical quality of decision-making and actions taken at all levels of business, i.e., at the personal (micro-), organizational (meso-), and systemic (macro-) levels and thus extending the narrow notion of business ethics as a niche for managers with good intentions. In the real world of competition and coordination, various situations produce various tradeoffs that the three pillars of the economy, i.e., Business, Government and Society have to pursue for their survival and sustenance. In this book, we look into many such case studies in which the strength of one component leads to a benefit for one of the other components and a detriment for the other, thus causing an imbalance between the three pillars. This book will be equally valuable to students, philosophers, decision-makers in business and policy-makers at large. | <p>​Takes a comprehensive look at ethics in business practices</p><p> Examines theories such as teleology, deontology etc. and uses Buddhist, Jain and Vedanta philosophies to understand business ethics</p><p>Offers comparative and developmental perspectives on the role of business in the global and the Indian context, focusing in particular on cases where such businesses are actively and purposefully engaged  </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-8096-9 | Economics | Di Pietra | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Accounting and Regulation | New Insights on Governance, Markets and Institutions |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 416 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 416 p. 13 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23016 | Accounting/Auditing | KF | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Corporate Collapse: Regulatory, Accounting and Ethical Failure.- Post-Enron Reform: Financial Statement Insurance and GAAP Re-visited.- Accounting Standard Setting in Two Political Contexts.- Constituents’ Participation in the IASC/IASB’s Due Process of International Accounting Standard Setting: A Longitudinal Analysis.- A Crisis of Identity? A Juxtaposing Auditor Liability and the Value of Audit.- The Corporate Governance Effects of Audit Committee.- The Role of Debt Contracts and Debt Covenants in Corporate Governance: Reflections on Evolution and Innovation.- Regulation, Bonding and the Quality of Financial Statements.- Fair Value and the IASB/FASB Conceptual Framework Project: An Alternative View.- A Comparison of Historical Cost and Fair Value Accounting Systems: General and Some Regulatory Concerns.- IASB ED Management Commentary versus European Regulation: The Impact on Management’s Reports of Companies Listed on Italian Stock Exchange.-  Do Attributes of Management’s Explanations of Financial Performance Matter for Analysts? An International Perspective.- The Consequences to Managers for Financial Misrepresentation.- National Standard-Setters’ Lobbying: An Analysis of its Role in the IFRS 2 Due Process.- Current State and Future Challenges of the IFRS: Some Thoughts.- Index. | Since 1998, the world’s leading experts on accounting and regulation have convened in a series of workshops to explore and analyze emerging issues in the field.  They have covered a wide array of topics, including corporate governance, auditing, financial disclosure, international standards boards, and the dynamics of markets and institutions.  Most recently, they have focused on the role that accounting practices and policies may have played in the global financial crisis of 2008. In this volume, the editors showcase contributions from the workshops that represent the full spectrum of issues and perspectives relating to accounting and regulation.  Each paper incorporates the most current examples and references to reflect the latest insights, with an emphasis on exploring future implications for theory and research, practice, and policymaking.  ​ | <p>Features contributions from an international array of experts, who have convened in a series of workshops over a period of more than a decade</p><p>Explores the role of accounting standards, practices, and policies in the financial crisis of 2008</p><p>Covers such timely topics as corporate governance, international oversight boards, and financial disclosure ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-7800-3 | Economics | [NAME] | Min [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Innovation and Marketing in the Pharmaceutical Industry | Emerging Practices, Research, and Policies | International Series in Quantitative Marketing | 20 | 1 | 2014 | 1122 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 1122 p. 67 illus., 53 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW00008 | Economics/Management Science, general | K | [NAME] | Pharmaceutical Sciences/Technology | TDCW | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 The Pharmaceutical Industry: Specificity, [NAME] and What You Can Learn from this Book.- Chapter 2 Innovation in the Pharmaceutical Industry: The Process of Drug Discovery and Development.- Chapter 3 Portfolio Management in New Drug Development.- Chapter 4 Grassroots Innovation: A Promising Innovation Paradigm for Pharmaceutical Companies.- Chapter 5 New Challenges in Alliance Portfolio Management.- Chapter 6 Marketing Spending Models.- Chapter 7 Understanding Sample Usage and Sampling as a Promotion Tool: State of Industry Practice and Current Research.- Chapter 8 Pharmaceutical Detailing Elasticities: A Meta-Analysis.- Chapter 9 Modeling the effects of promotional efforts on aggregate pharmaceutical demand: What we know and challenges for the future.- Chapter 10 Patent Expiry and Pharmaceutical Market Opportunities at the Nexus of Pricing and Innovation Policy.- Chapter 11 Evaluating the Impact of Treatment Effectiveness and Side-effects on Prescription Drug Choices.- Chapter 12 Patient Empowerment: Consequences for Pharmaceutical Marketing and for the Patient-Physician Relationship.- Chapter 13 Direct-to-Consumer Advertising (DTCA) of Pharmaceuticals: An Integrative Review.- Chapter 14 How DTCA influences prescription pharmaceutical markets.- Chapter 15 Risk Assessment: The Consumer as an Intuitive Statistician.- Chapter 16 Efficacy Expectations and Adherence: Evidence of Consumer Biases and Heuristics in Pharmaceutical Marketing.- Chapter 17 Factors affecting adherence to governmental health warnings and the case of over-the-counter cough and cold medications (OTC-CCM) in children under two.- Chapter 18 Vaccine Marketing.- Chapter 19 Leveraging Social Media in the Pharmaceutical Industry.- Chapter 20 Leveraging Peer-to-Peer Networks in Pharmaceutical Marketing.- Chapter 21 Spillovers and other externalities in pharmaceutical marketing.- Chapter 22 Closing the Strategy-Tactics Gap: An Institutional Theory Analysis of Pharmaceutical Marketing and Its Value Chain Consequences.- Chapter 23 The Successful Launch and Diffusion of New Therapies.- Chapter 24 Pharmaceutical Lifecycle Extension Strategies. | The pharmaceutical industry is one of today’s most dynamic and complex industries, involving commercialization of cutting-edge scientific research, a huge web of stakeholders (from investors to doctors), multi-stage supply chains, fierce competition in the race to market, and a challenging regulatory environment.  The stakes are high, with each new product raising the prospect of spectacular success—or failure.  Worldwide revenues are approaching $1 trillion; in the U.S. alone, marketing for pharmaceutical products is, itself, a multi-billion dollar industry.  In this volume, the editors showcase contributions from experts around the world to capture the state of the art in research, analysis, and practice, and covering the full spectrum of topics relating to innovation and marketing, including R&D, promotion, pricing, branding, competitive strategy, and portfolio management.  Chapters include such features as:·         An extensive  literature review, including coverage of research from fields other than marketing·         an overview of how practitioners have addressed the topic·         introduction of relevant analytical tools, such as statistics and ethnographic studies·         suggestions for further research by scholars and students The result is a comprehensive, state-of-the-art resource that will be of interest to researchers, policymakers, and practitioners, alike. | <p>Disseminates state-of-the art research findings and new conceptual thinking related to pharmaceutical marketing </p><p>Covers all major aspects of pharmaceutical marketing, including R&amp;D, promotion, pricing, branding, competitive strategy, portfolio analysis</p><p>Features contributions by leading researchers from around the world</p><p>Applies a variety of techniques, including game theory, statistical analysis, and ethnographic research</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-01124-0 | Economics | Dinçer | [NAME]; [NAME] | Globalization of Financial Institutions | A Competitive Approach to Finance and Banking |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 315 p. 7 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | SCW23180 | Emerging Markets/Globalization | KJSM | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-17 00:00:00 |  |  | Section I: Globalization and Financial Crisis.- Section II: International Trade and Banking.- Section III: Financial Innovations & Regulations.- Section IV: Behavioral Finance & Risk Assessment. | This peer-reviewed volume from the Society for the Study of Business and Finance, discusses current issues in globalization and financial system from an international political and economic perspective. Contemporary instruments and actors in the global financial system are specially analyzed and the discussion of managerial and financial issues of the global financial strategies offers novelty to readers and researchers in the field. | <p>A comparative analysis of financial institutions and markets in emerging economies</p><p>Peer-reviewed contributions compiled by Society for the Study of Business and Finance, Turkey</p><p>A comprehensive list of finance topics ranging from risk analysis to quality control to corporate communication  </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-37523-1 | Economics | Ehnert | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Sustainability and Human Resource Management | Developing Sustainable Business Organizations | CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & Governance |  | 1 | 2013 | 442 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 442 p. 24 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23083 | Human Resource Management | KJMV2 | SCW23200 | Non-Profit Enterprises/Corporate Social Responsibility | KJVX | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Introduction into Sustainability and HRM.- Part II. The Role of HRM in Developing Economically, [NAME] and Ecologically Sustainable Organisations.- Part III. The Role of HRM in Developing Sustainable HRM Systems.- Part IV. Sustainability and HRM in Different Areas of the World.- Part V. Conclusions ​and Prospects for Sustainability and Human Resource Management. | The role of HRM in developing sustainable business organizations is increasingly attracting attention. Sustainability can be used as a principle for HRM itself and the tasks of Sustainable HRM are twofold. On the one hand it fosters the conditions for individual employee sustainability and develops the ability of HRM systems to continuously attract, regenerate and develop motivated and engaged employees by making the HRM system itself sustainable. On the other hand Sustainable HRM contributes to the sustainability of the business organizations through cooperation with the top management, key stakeholders and NGOs and by realising economic, ecological, social and human sustainability goals. This book provides a comprehensive review of the new area of Sustainable HRM and of research from different disciplines like sustainable work systems, ergonomics, HRM, linking sustainability and HRM. It brings together the views of academics and practitioners and provides many ideas for conceptual development, empirical exploration and practical implementation. This publication intends to advance the international academic and practice-based debates on the potential of sustainability for HRM and vice versa. In 19 chapters, 26 authors from five continents explore the role of HRM in developing economically, socially and ecologically sustainable organizations, the concept of Sustainable HRM and the role of HRM in developing Sustainable HRM systems and how sustainability and HRM are conceptualized and perceived in different areas of the world. | <p>Demonstrates the increasing importance of thinking and acting for the long term in business and organizations especially when dealing with management of people </p><p>Shows the ways in which HRM can make useful contributions to strategic thinking and ethical decision-making in commerce, the public sector and not for profit organizations</p><p>Emphasises different ways of approaching the issue of sustainability and HRM​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-00668-0 | Economics | El Ouardighi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Models and Methods in Economics and Management Science | Essays in Honor of [NAME] | International Series in Operations Research & Management Science | 198 | 1 | 2014 | 256 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 256 p. 23 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCM26024 | Operations Research, Management Science | KJT | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Feedback Stackelberg Solutions of Infinite-Horizon Stochastic Differential Games.- Linear-Quadratic Stochastic Differential Games with General [NAME] Processes.- Suboptimal Policies for Stochastic N-Stage Optimization: Accuracy Analysis and a Case Study from Optimal Consumption.- Effective Information in Offline Stochastic Feedback and Optimal Control of Dynamic Systems: Results and Applications.- A Paradox of the Mean Variance Setting for the Long Term Investor.- Relationships in Marketing and Optimal Control.- Attachment and Forgiveness in a Behavioural, Non-Cooperative Dynamic Game.- New Product Development in a Durable Good Monopoly Market.- An Extension of the Target Theory in Biology Applied to System Reliability.- Dynamic Coordination of Multiple Agents in a Class of Differential Games Through A Generalized Linear Reward Scheme: Applications to Supply Chains.- An Optimal Threshold Policy in Applications of a Two-State Markov Process.- The Alignment among Competitive Strategy, Operations Improvement Priorities and Manufacturing and Logistics Performance Measurement Systems: Evidence from a Case-Based Study. | With this book, distinguished and notable contributors wish to honor Professor [NAME] scientific achievements. Although it covers only a few of the directions Professor [NAME] has taken in his work, it presents important modern developments in theory and in diverse applications, as studied by his colleagues and followers, further advancing the topics Tapiero has been investigating. The book is divided into three parts featuring original contributions covering the following areas: general modeling and analysis; applications to marketing, economy and finance; and applications to operations and manufacturing.Professor [NAME] is among the most active researchers in control theory; in the late sixties, he started to enthusiastically promote optimal control theory along with differential games, successfully applying it to diverse problems ranging from classical operations research models to finance, risk and insurance, marketing, transportation and operations management, conflict management and game theory, engineering, regional and urban sciences, environmental economics, and organizational behavior. Over the years, Professor [NAME] has produced over 300 papers and communications and 14 books, which have had a major impact on modern theoretical and applied research. Notable among his numerous pioneering scientific contributions are the use of graph theory in the behavioral sciences, the modeling of advertising as a random walk, the resolution of stochastic zero-sum differential games, the modeling of quality control as a stochastic competitive game, and the development of impulsive control methods in management. [NAME] creativity applies both in formulating original issues, modeling complex phenomena and solving complex mathematical problems. | <p>[NAME] is internationally renowned researcher and consultant who has both the breadth and depth of knowledge in this area </p><p>Presents important developments and contributions related to general modeling and analysis; applications to marketing, economy and finance; and applications to operations and manufacturing </p><p>A list of renowned scientists contribute original diverse methodological approaches, further advancing the topics Tapiero has been investigating</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-23429-3 | Economics | Fischer | Manfred M. Fischer; [NAME] | Handbook of Regional Science |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1602 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 1602 p. 173 illus., 63 illus. in color. In 3 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 699 | 747.93 | 768.9 | 629.5 | 931 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12189 | Regional/Spatial Science | KCP | SCJ12000 | Economic Geography | RGCM | Business/Economics | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Regional Housing and Labor Markets.- 2 Regional Economic Growth.- 3 Innovation and Regional Economic Development.- 4 New Economic Geography and Evolutionary Economic Geography.- 5 Location and Interaction.- 6 Environmental and Natural Resources.- 7 Spatial Analysis and Geocomputation.- 8 Spatial Statistics.- 9 Spatial Econometrics. | The Handbook of Regional Science is a multi-volume reference work providing a state-of-the-art knowledge on regional science composed by renowned scientists in the field. The [NAME] is intended to serve the academic needs of graduate students, and junior and senior scientists in regional science and related fields, with an interest in studying local and regional socio-economic issues.The multi-volume handbook seeks to cover the field of regional science comprehensively, including areas such as regional housing and labor markets, regional economic growth, innovation and regional economic development, new and evolutionary economic geography, location and interaction, the environment and natural resources, spatial analysis and geo-computation as well as spatial statistics and econometrics. | <p>The only state-of-the-art reference work in the field of regional sience</p><p>Comprehensive coverage of well-established, as well as newly emerging topics</p><p>Edited, written and peer-reviewed by recognized international experts</p><p>Accessible and relevant to both students and researchers in regional science and related fields</p><p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-23430-9 | Economics | Fischer | Manfred M. Fischer; [NAME] | Handbook of Regional Science |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1602 |  | eReference work | XII, 1602 p. 173 illus., 63 illus. in color. eReference. | 1 | final | 699 | 831.81 | 838.8 | 629.5 | 978 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12189 | Regional/Spatial Science | KCP | SCJ12000 | Economic Geography | RGCM | Business/Economics | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Regional Housing and Labor Markets.- 2 Regional Economic Growth.- 3 Innovation and Regional Economic Development.- 4 New Economic Geography and Evolutionary Economic Geography.- 5 Location and Interaction.- 6 Environmental and Natural Resources.- 7 Spatial Analysis and Geocomputation.- 8 Spatial Statistics.- 9 Spatial Econometrics. | The Handbook of Regional Science is a multi-volume reference work providing a state-of-the-art knowledge on regional science composed by renowned scientists in the field. The [NAME] is intended to serve the academic needs of graduate students, and junior and senior scientists in regional science and related fields, with an interest in studying local and regional socio-economic issues.The multi-volume handbook seeks to cover the field of regional science comprehensively, including areas such as regional housing and labor markets, regional economic growth, innovation and regional economic development, new and evolutionary economic geography, location and interaction, the environment and natural resources, spatial analysis and geo-computation as well as spatial statistics and econometrics. | <p>The only state-of-the-art reference work in the field of regional sience</p><p>Comprehensive coverage of well-established, as well as newly emerging topics</p><p>Edited, written and peer-reviewed by recognized international experts</p><p>Accessible and relevant to both students and researchers in regional science and related fields</p><p><p> | Science | E-book | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-23431-6 | Economics | Fischer | Manfred M. Fischer; [NAME] | Handbook of Regional Science |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 1602 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | XII, 1602 p. 173 illus., 63 illus. in color. Print + eReference. In 3 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 874 | 935.18 | 961.4 | 787 | 1163.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12189 | Regional/Spatial Science | KCP | SCJ12000 | Economic Geography | RGCM | Business/Economics | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Regional Housing and Labor Markets.- 2 Regional Economic Growth.- 3 Innovation and Regional Economic Development.- 4 New Economic Geography and Evolutionary Economic Geography.- 5 Location and Interaction.- 6 Environmental and Natural Resources.- 7 Spatial Analysis and Geocomputation.- 8 Spatial Statistics.- 9 Spatial Econometrics. | The Handbook of Regional Science is a multi-volume reference work providing a state-of-the-art knowledge on regional science composed by renowned scientists in the field. The [NAME] is intended to serve the academic needs of graduate students, and junior and senior scientists in regional science and related fields, with an interest in studying local and regional socio-economic issues.The multi-volume handbook seeks to cover the field of regional science comprehensively, including areas such as regional housing and labor markets, regional economic growth, innovation and regional economic development, new and evolutionary economic geography, location and interaction, the environment and natural resources, spatial analysis and geo-computation as well as spatial statistics and econometrics. | <p>The only state-of-the-art reference work in the field of regional sience</p><p>Comprehensive coverage of well-established, as well as newly emerging topics</p><p>Edited, written and peer-reviewed by recognized international experts</p><p>Accessible and relevant to both students and researchers in regional science and related fields</p><p><p> | Science | Reduced (3) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-35160-0 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Leading Pharmaceutical Operational Excellence | Outstanding Practices and Cases |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 360 p. 215 illus. | 0 | approx. | 79.95 | 85.55 | 87.95 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | SCW23150 | Business Strategy/Leadership | KJC | Management / Business for Professionals | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part A - Introduction .- Part B - Leading Operational Excellence - Outstanding Practices.- Part C - Leading Operational Excellence - Outstanding Leadership.- Part D - Gaining the Future. | Achieving operational excellence is a challenge for the pharmaceutical industry, with many companies setting successful examples time and again. This book presents such leading practices for managing operational excellence throughout the pharmaceutical industry. Based on the St.Gallen OPEX Model the authors describe the current status of OPEX and the future challenges that have to be dealt with. The ample theoretical background is complemented hand-in-hand by case studies contributed by authors from leading pharmaceutical companies.​ | <p>Uses current data about the status and operations of pharmaceutical production </p><p>Authors from big pharma contribute their own stories in the form of best practice case studies </p><p>Theoretical backgrounds and practical insights are combined to offer a complete perspective on the industry as well as leadership models</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-34184-7 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Strategic Management of Global Manufacturing Networks | Aligning Strategy, Configuration, and Coordination | Management for Professionals |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 350 p. 90 illus. | 0 | approx. | 79.95 | 85.55 | 87.95 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-18 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The preceding process of globalization and the continuously rising competitive pressure on manufacturing companies in more developed economies unveiled the limits of classical site-focused optimization approaches. The focus of network optimization shifts ever more towards an integrative view of manufacturing networks, striving for a harmonization of the strategy-, configuration- and coordination levels. This book presents such an integrative approach to the strategic management of manufacturing networks. Besides strategic network requirements, this book discusses the derivation of an optimal global footprint and the optimization of network coordination activities. Special attention is paid to the site roles concept, especially to the concept of 'lead factory'. A large number of up-to-date cases from the producing industry enrich the book and provide the reader with vivid examples for the application of the presented concepts. Hence, this book is a must-read for both practitioners and academic researchers.​ | Provides a holistic perspective on manufacturing network management considering the interplay between strategy, configuration, and coordination Elaborates on each single dimension, thereby providing practitioners with proven applicable management concepts and tools Demonstrates the applicability of the tools and concepts along numerous up-to-date cases from the manufacturing industry | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38150-8 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Data you need to know about China | Research Report of China Household Finance Survey•2012 |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 168 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 168 p. 166 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12257 | Financial Economics | KCBM |  |  |  | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Survey design.- [NAME] demographics and work characteristics.- Non-financial assets.- Household financial assets.- Household debts.- Insurance and social welfare.- Expenditure and [NAME] wealth. | Since the beginning of the 21st century, China has been going through a period of dramatically fast economic development. What is the real life of the Chinese like under China’s continued rapid GDP growth? How rich are the rich and how poor are the poor? This book provides first-hand data on Chinese households’ living standards, which may answer the above questions to some extent. The Survey and Research Center for China Household Finance conducted the first and only nationally representative survey on household finance in China in 2011. Based on the results from the China Household Finance Survey (CHFS), this book presents an analysis of the micro-level information on China households’ demographics, housing and financial assets, debt and credit constraints, income and expenditures, social welfare and insurance, intergenerational transfer payments, employment and payment habits. The readers can get a vivid picture of wealth disparity, real estate market developments, social welfare status, household financial behaviors and other economic issues in present-day China. For more information, please visit www. chfsdata. org | <p>The first and the only nationally representative survey so far on household finance in China</p><p>Covering 29,000 individuals, 8,438 households, 320 communities, 25 provinces/ municipalities</p><p>Provides high-quality and well-analyzed data for academic research and policy [NAME] stands at 0.61 according to the survey - a large income and wealth disparity</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4419-1153-7 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Encyclopedia of Operations Research and Management Science |  |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 1250 |  | eReference work | 1250 p. eReference. | 1 | final | 499 | 593.81 | 598.8 | 449 | 752 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | Business/Economics | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer US | In production | 2013-06-28 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The goal of the Encyclopedia of Operations Research and Management Science is to provide decision makers and problem solvers in business, industry, government, and academia a comprehensive overview of the wide range of ideas, methodologies, and synergistic forces that combine to form the preeminent decision-aiding fields of operations research and management science (OR/MS). The impact of OR/MS on the quality-of life and economic well-being of everyone is a story. The Encyclopedia of Operations Research and Management Science is the prologue to that story.The editors, working with the [NAME]'s Editorial Advisory Board, surveyed and divided (OR/MS into specific topics that collectively encompass the foundations, applications, and emerging elements of this ever-changing field. We also wanted to establish the close associations that OR/MS has maintained with other scientific endeavors, with special emphasis on its symbiotic relationships to computer science, information processing, and mathematics. Based on our broad view of OR/MS, we enlisted a distinguished international group of academics and practitioners to contribute articles on subjects for which they are renowned. We commissioned over 300 major expository articles and complemented them by numerous descriptions, discussions, definitions, and abbreviations. The connections between topics are highlighted by an entry's final 'See' statement, as appropriate. Each article provides a background or history of the topic, describes relevant applications, overviews present and future trends, and lists seminal and current references. To allow for variety in exposition, the authors were instructed to present their material from their research and applied perspectives. In particular, the authors were allowed to use whatever mathematical notation they felt was 'standard' for their topics. Of significant importance is that each contributed article has been authored by an leading authority on that particular topic.The [NAME]'s intended audience is technically diverse and wide; it includes anyone concerned with the science, techniques, and ideas of how one makes decisions. As this audience encompasses many professions, educational backgrounds and skills, we were attentive to the form, format, and scope of the articles. Thus, the articles are designed to serve as initial sources of information for all such readers, with special emphasis on the needs of students. | Updates the comprehensive overview of the wide range of ideas, methodologies, and synergistic forces that combine to form the pre-eminent decision-aiding fields of operations research and management science (OR/MS) Each contributed topic has been authored by a leading authoritative researcher on that particular topic [NAME] is a major contributing researcher to the field since its birth in the 1940s | Science | E-book | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4419-1137-7 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Encyclopedia of Operations Research and Management Science |  |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 1250 | Hard cover | Book | 1250 p. In 2 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 499 | 533.93 | 548.9 | 449 | 715.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | Business/Economics | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer US | In production | 2013-09-01 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The goal of the Encyclopedia of Operations Research and Management Science is to provide decision makers and problem solvers in business, industry, government, and academia a comprehensive overview of the wide range of ideas, methodologies, and synergistic forces that combine to form the preeminent decision-aiding fields of operations research and management science (OR/MS). The impact of OR/MS on the quality-of life and economic well-being of everyone is a story. The Encyclopedia of Operations Research and Management Science is the prologue to that story.The editors, working with the [NAME]'s Editorial Advisory Board, surveyed and divided (OR/MS into specific topics that collectively encompass the foundations, applications, and emerging elements of this ever-changing field. We also wanted to establish the close associations that OR/MS has maintained with other scientific endeavors, with special emphasis on its symbiotic relationships to computer science, information processing, and mathematics. Based on our broad view of OR/MS, we enlisted a distinguished international group of academics and practitioners to contribute articles on subjects for which they are renowned. We commissioned over 300 major expository articles and complemented them by numerous descriptions, discussions, definitions, and abbreviations. The connections between topics are highlighted by an entry's final 'See' statement, as appropriate. Each article provides a background or history of the topic, describes relevant applications, overviews present and future trends, and lists seminal and current references. To allow for variety in exposition, the authors were instructed to present their material from their research and applied perspectives. In particular, the authors were allowed to use whatever mathematical notation they felt was 'standard' for their topics. Of significant importance is that each contributed article has been authored by an leading authority on that particular topic.The [NAME]'s intended audience is technically diverse and wide; it includes anyone concerned with the science, techniques, and ideas of how one makes decisions. As this audience encompasses many professions, educational backgrounds and skills, we were attentive to the form, format, and scope of the articles. Thus, the articles are designed to serve as initial sources of information for all such readers, with special emphasis on the needs of students. | Updates the comprehensive overview of the wide range of ideas, methodologies, and synergistic forces that combine to form the pre-eminent decision-aiding fields of operations research and management science (OR/MS) Each contributed topic has been authored by a leading authoritative researcher on that particular topic [NAME] is a major contributing researcher to the field since its birth in the 1940s | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4419-1154-4 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Encyclopedia of Operations Research and Management Science |  |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 1250 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | 1250 p. Print + eReference. | 1 | final | 624 | 667.68 | 686.4 | 561.5 | 968.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | Business/Economics | Encyclop(a)edia | Springer US | In production | 2013-06-28 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The goal of the Encyclopedia of Operations Research and Management Science is to provide decision makers and problem solvers in business, industry, government, and academia a comprehensive overview of the wide range of ideas, methodologies, and synergistic forces that combine to form the preeminent decision-aiding fields of operations research and management science (OR/MS). The impact of OR/MS on the quality-of life and economic well-being of everyone is a story. The Encyclopedia of Operations Research and Management Science is the prologue to that story.The editors, working with the [NAME]'s Editorial Advisory Board, surveyed and divided (OR/MS into specific topics that collectively encompass the foundations, applications, and emerging elements of this ever-changing field. We also wanted to establish the close associations that OR/MS has maintained with other scientific endeavors, with special emphasis on its symbiotic relationships to computer science, information processing, and mathematics. Based on our broad view of OR/MS, we enlisted a distinguished international group of academics and practitioners to contribute articles on subjects for which they are renowned. We commissioned over 300 major expository articles and complemented them by numerous descriptions, discussions, definitions, and abbreviations. The connections between topics are highlighted by an entry's final 'See' statement, as appropriate. Each article provides a background or history of the topic, describes relevant applications, overviews present and future trends, and lists seminal and current references. To allow for variety in exposition, the authors were instructed to present their material from their research and applied perspectives. In particular, the authors were allowed to use whatever mathematical notation they felt was 'standard' for their topics. Of significant importance is that each contributed article has been authored by an leading authority on that particular topic.The [NAME]'s intended audience is technically diverse and wide; it includes anyone concerned with the science, techniques, and ideas of how one makes decisions. As this audience encompasses many professions, educational backgrounds and skills, we were attentive to the form, format, and scope of the articles. Thus, the articles are designed to serve as initial sources of information for all such readers, with special emphasis on the needs of students. | Updates the comprehensive overview of the wide range of ideas, methodologies, and synergistic forces that combine to form the pre-eminent decision-aiding fields of operations research and management science (OR/MS) Each contributed topic has been authored by a leading authoritative researcher on that particular topic [NAME] is a major contributing researcher to the field since its birth in the 1940s | Science | Reduced (3) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-01055-7 | Economics | Gassmann | [NAME]; [NAME] | Management of the Fuzzy Front End of Innovation |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 380 p. | 0 | final | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Conceptual Part: Managing the Unmanageable: The Fuzzy Front End of Innovation.- Structuring the Front End of Innovation.- Integrating Customers at the Front End of Innovation.- Out of Bounds: Cross-Industry Innovation Based on Analogies.- Trend Scanning, Scouting and Foresight Techniques.- Crowdsourcing as an Innovation Tool.- Revolutionizing the Business Model.- Managing the Intellectual Property Portfolio.- Applying Cross-Industry Networks in the Early Innovation Phase.- Dancing with Ambiguity: Causality Behavior, Design Thinking, and Triple-Loop-Learning.- Leveraging Creativity.- A Design Perspective on Sustainable Innovation.- Practical Cases: 3M: Beyond the 15% Rule.- ABB: Integrating the Customer.- Bayer: Strategic Management  of the Early Innovation Phase.- BGW: Partnering the Outside-in Process - The Expert Innovation Journey.- [NAME] The Merits of Online Idea Competitions.- Evonik Industries - Managing Open Innovation.- Case: Google Ventures.- Idea Generation in the Consumer Business at Henkel.- Crowdsourcing - How Social Media and the Wisdom of the Crowd Change Future Companies.- Building a Bridge from Research to the Market: IBM's Industry Solutions Labs.- The MINI Countryman: Successful Management of the Early Stage in a Cooperative Product Development Environment.- Controlling the Early Innovation Phase at Autoneum.- SAP: Bringing Economic Viability to the Front End of Innovation.- Sprint Radar: Community-Based Trend Identification.- Landis+Gyr: Designing and Analyzing Business Models in Value Networks.- voestalpine Anarbeitung: Commercialization Framework for Technology Development Projects.- Volkswagen: Open Foresight at the Front End of Research Innovation.- Fuzzy Front End of Innovation: [NAME] | This book shows the patterns of the fuzzy front end of innovation and how it can be managed successfully. Topics in this book cover traditional instruments and processes such as technology monitoring, market oriented research management, lead user developments, but also modern approaches such as frontloading, user community driven innovation, crowdsourcing, anthropological expeditions, technological listening posts in global R&D settings, cross-industry innovation processes, open innovation, and IP cycle management. Contributions are based on latest research and cases studies on this new paradigm. The authors investigate this phenomenon, linking the practice of the early innovation phase to the established body of innovation research. Conceptional articles will be complemented by case studies of selected firms with successful practices in managing the fuzzy front end of innovation. Lessons learned with success factors and checklists complement each chapter.​ | <p>Examines the fuzzy front end of the innovation process both through a conceptual and a practical perspective</p><p>Shows the best practice of successful companies in the early stages of the innovation process</p><p>Guides the reader to manage the fuzzy front end of innovation successfully​</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-11716-9 | Economics | Grüne | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Business Process Management within Chemical and Pharmaceutical Industries | Markets, BPM Methodology and Process Examples |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 175 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 175 p. 69 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23075 | Organization/Planning | KJU | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | Management / Business for Professionals | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 The Process Industry.- 2 Business Process Management.- 3 Mapping Business Processes in the Process Industry - Selected Examples.- Summary. | As business processes are crucial success factors for companies, software-based Business Process Management (BPM) is becoming more and more important. In this area SAP, the market leader for enterprise application software, has already gathered substantial experience. For the characterization, modeling and especially the optimization of business processes, SAP’s consultants use their own BPM approach. In addition to their considerable methodological know-how, the consultants’ profound knowledge of the industries facilitates the focus on core and business-critical processes.This book examines the current market situation, as well as the specific challenges and trends for the chemical and pharmaceutical industries. It also explains business process management basics and the specific SAP Consulting methodology, before illustrating the use of such methods and procedures with sample industry-specific core business processes.With the help of these examples from the chemical and pharmaceutical industries, SAP Consulting provides methodological guidelines on how Business Process Management can be used in practice to optimize business processes and make adjustments in response to constantly changing economic and environmental factors. | <p>Offers a holistic approach to defining the architecture of a company </p><p>Employs a wide range of examples from industry-specific business processes</p><p><p><p>Gives an overview over the industry relevant markets and its challenges</p><p><p>Applies BPM to Chemical and Pharmaceutical Industries</p><p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38438-7 | Economics | Hofmann | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Performance Measurement and Incentive Systems in Purchasing | More Than Just Savings | Professional Supply Management | 3 | 1 | 2014 | 182 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 182 p. 67 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | SCW23016 | Accounting/Auditing | KF | Management / Business for Professionals | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Purchasing Performance Measurement' Challenge.- Purchasing Performance Measurement at the Level of Commodity Groups.- Excursus: Concepts for Increasing Purchasing Performance in Corporate Practice.- Purchasing Performance Measurement on the Procurement Organization Level.- Supplier Evaluation and Performance Measurement on the Buyer-Supplier-Relationship Level.- Holistic Systems for Purchasing Performance Measurement.- Performance-Oriented Incentive Systems and Bonus Payments for Buyers, Procurement Organizations and Suppliers.- Ten Steps to a 'Sustained' Purchasing Performance Measurement.- References. | In recent years, purchasing performance measurement have steadily gained in importance in theory and practice. Yet, in many cases, the focus still remains on cost items, especially savings. Moreover, reported performance ratios in purchasing are frequently called into question in terms of their amount and efficacy. Most of the time, there is no tie-in at all with staff compensations. To meet these and other challenges, this book presents a holistic approach for purchasing performance measurement and the incentive systems associated with it. The following topics are dealt with in detail: • Purchasing performance measurement on the level of commodity groups and the procurement organization [NAME] evaluation and performance measurement on the level of the buyer-supplier relationship • Comprehensive systems for purchasing performance measurement, such as the procurement value added and the purchasing balanced scorecard [NAME]-oriented incentive systems and bonus payments for buyers, procurement organizations and suppliers Readers are thus provided with comprehensive guidelines for the implementation and realization of sustained performance measurement and incentivization in purchasing. | <p>Shows how to meet the challenges of performance measurement in purchasing</p><p>Includes a comprehensive set of methods for performance measurement and incentivization in purchasing</p><p>Includes ten steps for "sustained" performance measurement in purchasing</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-540-48504-9 | Economics | Hutchinson | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Consumer Learning and Expertise |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 160 | Hard cover | Book | 160p. | 0 | approx. | 69.95 | 74.85 | 76.95 | 64.99 | 100.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23059 | Marketing | KJS | SCY20060 | Cognitive Psychology | JMR | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Overview.- The 'Perfect World' Perspective: Cognitive Structure; Memory; Elaboration; Analytic Processing; Knowledge Calibration; Cognitive Effort, Automaticity, and Skilled Behavior.- Theory: Models of Learning; Models of Expertise; Epistemology.- Method: Measuring Expertise as an Individual Difference; Experimental Paradigms; Quantitative Modeling.- Applications: Information Search; Price Knowledge; Pioneering Advantages; Diffusion of Innovations; Country-of-Origin Effects; Marketing Communications; Context Effects.- Conclusions. | This book integrates two related fields of study, learning and expertise, as they have been applied to consumer behavior. The first part of the book focuses on two central hypotheses that are seldom explicitly endorsed or rejected. In the normal course of everyday life, consumers become increasingly familiar with the products and service that they use. Possibly, over time people learn from these experiences and gain true expertise in a variety of product domains. Thus, the first hypothesis that increased familiarity leads to increased expertise: learning from experience (H1). Second, it seems reasonable that as expertise increases, people become more efficient consumers: increased consumer welfare (H2). The authors’ analyses reveal that these hypotheses are often, but not always supported, and sometimes opposite results obtain. The remaining parts of the book provide systematic reviews of the theories, methods, and applications that have been prominent in research on consumer learning and expertise. | <P>The book updates several award winning articles from the Journal of Consumer Research that are aproaching an ISI citation index of 500</P> <P>The authors have become default spokespersons for Consumer Knowledge because of their research in this field</P> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-7887-4 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Building Telecom Markets | Evolution of Governance in the Korean Mobile Telecommunication Market | The Political Economy of the Asia Pacific |  | 1 | 2014 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 240 p. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12049 | Economic Policy | KCP | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​1. Research Questions.- 2. Theoretical discussion.- 3. [NAME] in Telecommunication.- 4. Overview of the Korean Response: From Monopolies to Liberalization.- 5. The Emergence of Centralized Governance in the Korean Mobile Market.- 6. The Emergence of Flexible Governance under the WTO Regime.- 7. Conclusion​ | The mobile telecommunication industry has been one of the fastest growing industries in the global economy since the late 1990s. As the first country to offer commercial Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) cellular service in the world, Korea was able to jump right into the digital mobile markets, enhancing its status as a leading manufacturer of mobile equipment. While the growth of the telecom industry occurred with the emergence of worldwide market-oriented regulatory reform and liberalization in telecommunications, the state-market relationship in Korea evolved from state monopoly toward “centralized governance” and later toward “flexible governance,” which is substantially different from “liberal governance” of the US. This book examines the uniqueness of Korean regulatory reforms of the mobile telecommunication sector, and argues that the market-oriented regulatory reform and liberalization should be explained by focusing on the interactions among the state, the private sector, and international political economic environment.  It will appeal to scholars and policy-makers alike concerned with market regulation, Asian development and political economy. | <p>​Evaluates the influence of markets and technologies on telecom market liberalization and repudiate the single neo-liberal model of market-oriented reform </p><p>Reconfigures the changing role of the state in a new emerging and dynamic mobile telecommunications industry </p><p>Analyzes the changing relationship between the state and the private sector and empirical cases for governance perspective​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-00493-8 | Economics | Karasavvoglou | Anastasios [NAME]; [NAME] | Economic Crisis in Europe and the Balkans | Problems and Prospects | Contributions to Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | X, 240 p. 36 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12073 | European Integration | KCS | SCW1212X | Macroeconomics/Monetary Economics | KCB | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Economic Crisis in Europe.- Part II: European Policies and Integration.- Part III: European and Regional Development in South-Eastern Europe. | The economies of the European countries are still in recession, the development process is at a standstill, companies are facing financial difficulties, and the EU’s monetary policy is tight and focused on lowering inflation. The fiscal problems and high debt levels of the northern European countries are of great importance, and they are the consequences of both the European economy’s structural characteristics and the EU’s policies. The economic area of Eastern Europe, the Balkans and the Black Sea countries is also vital, due to its special economic characteristics. The effects of the economic crisis on this particular area are catalytic, while the prospects for recovery are doubtful. The present book deals with the key aspects of the economic crisis in Europe, especially focusing on southeast Europe and the Balkans. The consequences of the crisis in these countries are analyzed and suggestions for how to address the crisis are outlined. | <p>With special focus on the European debt crisis</p><p>In-depth analysis of South East Europe and the Balkans</p><p>Concrete suggestion how to address the crisis</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-37818-8 | Economics | Kourtit | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Applied Regional Growth and Innovation Models |  | Advances in Spatial Science |  | 1 | 2014 | 360 | Hard cover | Book | X, 360 p. 68 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12189 | Regional/Spatial Science | KCP | SCJ12000 | Economic Geography | RGCM | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Part A: Knowledge and Innovation in Space.- Part B: Human Capital and Regional Growth.- Part C: Spatial Systems and Economic Development. | Modern spatial-economic systems exhibit a high degree of dynamics as a result of technological progress, demographic evolution or global change. In the past decade, an avalanche of new regional economic growth and innovation models has been put forward. This volume contains a unique collection of operational models of a strong applied nature that may be seen as original landmarks in the rich tradition of spatial-economic growth modelling. The contributors are recognized experts from different parts of the world. ​ | <p>A collection of unique and operational regional growth and innovation models </p><p>Major emphasis on applied and advanced spatial-economic models</p><p>Review of various space-time modelling experiences​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1544-8 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Deregulation and Efficiency of Indian Banks |  | India Studies in Business and Economics |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 280 p. 24 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | SCW12081 | Industrial Organization | KCD | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer India | Planned | 2013-09-22 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. Banking System in India: Developments, Structural Changes and Institutional Framework.- 3. Measurement of Bank Efficiency: Analytical Methods.- 4. A Survey of Empirical Literature on Bank Efficiency.- 5. Relevance of Non-traditional Activities on the Efficiency of Indian Banks.- 6.Financial Deregulation in the Indian Banking Industry: Has it improved cost efficiency?.- 7. Sources of Productivity Gains in Indian Banking Industry: Is it Efficiency Improvement or Technological Progress?.- 8. Major conclusions, policy implications and some areas for future research.-References.- Index. | ​ The goal of this book is to assess the efficacy of India’s financial deregulation programme by analyzing the developments in cost efficiency and total factor productivity growth across different ownership types and size classes in the banking sector over the post-deregulation years. The work also gauges the impact of inclusion or exclusion of a proxy for non-traditional activities on the cost efficiency estimates for Indian banks, and ranking of distinct ownership groups. It also investigates the hitherto neglected aspect of the nature of returns-to-scale in the Indian banking industry. In addition, the work explores the key bank-specific factors that explain the inter-bank variations in efficiency and productivity growth. Overall, the empirical results of this work allow us to ascertain whether the gradualist approach to reforming the banking system in a developing economy like India has yielded the most significant policy goal of achieving efficiency and productivity gains. The authors believe that the findings of this book could give useful policy directions and suggestions to other developing economies that have embarked on a deregulation path or are contemplating doing so. | <p>Examines the effect of deregulation in the Indian banking sector during the post-reforms years, particularly on cost efficiency and total factor productivity</p><p>Explores the potential determinants of banking efficiency, such as profitability, asset quality, size, etc. and provides the growth behaviour of the alternative measures of banking efficiency</p><p>Provides a detailed analysis of the nature of returns-to-scale in the Indian banking industry</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-1634-0 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | International Trade and Global Macropolicy |  | Springer Texts in Business and Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 403 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 403 p. 261 illus., 215 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW1212X | Macroeconomics/Monetary Economics | KCB | SCW12049 | Economic Policy | KCP | Business/Economics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction and Overview.- Part One–International Trade Theory.- The Origins of Trade Theory.- The Ricardian Trade Model.-  Factor Intensity.- Stripping [NAME]’s Assumptions.- Trade Barriers and Protectionism.- Part Two–Global Macroeconomics.- Global Macroeconomics.- Exchange Rates.- The ISLM-BOP Model.- Exports and Imports, Real Exchange Rates.- Inflation Added to the Model.- Capital Flows.- The Global Monetary System.- References. | In the curricula of highly ranked MBA programs, two areas of discussion are conspicuously absent: International Trade, and Global Macroeconomic Policy. In this post-financial crisis environment, as the US and other advanced economies continue to experience sluggish growth, persistently high unemployment, and political agitation for increasingly protectionist policies, discussions pertaining to trade, currencies, and international capital flows are often fraught with emotion, tension, and hysteria. This book cuts through the emotions and superficial “solutions” and provides the reader with a thorough understanding of the hard-hitting theoretical models that drive the global flow of goods, services, and capital in the real world.  A key feature of this volume is the presentation of the theoretical models, and the discussion of their implications in the context of real-world applications. This text is uniquely designed for current and future business leaders who are, or will be, engaged in the global economy. Armed with an understanding of the theoretical underpinnings driving goods, capital and ideas across national boundaries, readers will learn to anticipate the effects of trade and macroeconomic policy changes, and will have the tools to make sound, informed decisions for themselves and their global organizations. | Emphasizes the pervasiveness of trade and global macro issues at all levels of strategic decision making in this highly globalized economy Relates to real-world topics by providing simulated “media articles” following each chapter that will embed key aspects of material covered in the preceding courses Focuses on the applications and policy implications of the topics discussed Allows senior executives to make the internationally sophisticated decisions that are imperative in an increasingly global world | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-00911-7 | Economics | Leitner | [NAME]; Friederike Wall | Artificial Economics and Self Organization | Agent-Based Approaches to Economics and Social Systems | Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems | 669 | 1 | 2014 | 240 | Soft cover | Book | X, 240 p. 88 illus., 39 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12065 | Economic Theory | KCA | SCM13011 | Game Theory, Economics, Social and [NAME]. Sciences | PBUD | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Methodological Issues.- Macroeconomics.- Market Dynamics.- Self-Organization of Decentralized Markets with Network Externality.- Financial Markets.- Organizations.- Networks. | This volume presents recent advances in the dynamic field of Artificial Economics and its various applications. Artificial Economics provides a structured approach to model and investigate economic and social systems. In particular, this approach is based on the use of agent-based simulations and further computational techniques. The main aim is to analyze the outcomes at the overall systems’ level as results from the agents’ behavior at the micro-level. These emergent characteristics of complex economic and social systems can neither be foreseen nor are they intended. The emergence rather makes these systems function. Artificial Economics especially facilitates the investigation of this emergent systems’ behavior. ​ | <p>Presents recent advances in the field of artificial economics</p><p>Includes contributions of well known experts in the field of artificial economics</p><p>Represents the state-of-the-art of an emerging field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39379-2 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME] | The Microeconomic Analysis of Economic Growth |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 120 p. | 0 | approx. | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | Microeconomics | KCC | SCW12065 | Economic Theory | KCA | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-20 00:00:00 |  |  | Key Factors of Economic Growth.- Commodity, Utility Density, Quality and Labor.- Consumption and the Growth of Consumption.- Organization—protection and restriction.- Production Theory- Individuals and Manufacturers.- Analyze of Economic Growth.​ | This book primarily discusses what could make the economy remain stable and increase the level of coordination, both on the demand and supply side, a fascinating question for economists. In this context, it systematically analyzes the theory of consumption and production growth. Most of the existing economic growth theories fail to analyze consumption growth. That oversight is remedied here, greatly enhancing the usefulness of economic growth theory. Factors influencing consumption and production at the micro scale provide the foundations of the analyzing frame. An economic system with endogenous technological progress can most likely only be rapidly coordinated under market conditions similar to those in a monopoly competition market. Over the course of the work, readers will discover that there is another way of viewing the economic world which is different from regular textbooks. | <p>Defines in detail the concepts which are also the basis of microeconomic theories, including labor, quality, utility density, individual rationality and so on</p><p>On this basis, it sets up a number of analytical tools such as consumer behavior theory, demand function, individual production function, and firm production function</p><p>These theoretical tools in turn create a foundation for the comprehensive analysis on economic growth</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-8059-4 | Economics | Ma | [NAME]; [NAME] | Recent Advances in Estimating Nonlinear Models | With Applications in Economics and Finance |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 258 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | X, 258 p. 50 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12022 | Econometrics | KCH | SCS13004 | Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance | PBT | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 Stock Return and Inflation: An Analysis Based on the State-Space Framework.- Chapter 2 Diffusion Index Model Specification and Estimation: Using Mixed Frequency Datasets.- Chapter 3 Testing for Neglected Nonlinearity Using Regularized Artificial Neural Networks.- Chapter 4 On the Use of the Flexible Fourier Form in Unit [NAME], [NAME], and Parameter Instability.- Chapter 5 Testing for a Markov-Switching Mean in Serially-Correlated Data.- Chapter 6 Nonlinear Time Series Models and Model Selection.- Chapter 7 Nonstationarities and [NAME] 8 Has Wealth Effect Changed Over Time? Evidence from Four Industrial Countries.- Chapter 9 A Simple Specification Procedure for the Transition Function in Persistent Nonlinear Times Series Models.- Chapter 10 Small Area Estimation with Correctly Specified Linking Models.- Chapter 11 Forecasting Stock Returns: Does Switching between Models Help?.- Chapter 12 The Global Joint Distribution of Income and Health. | Nonlinear models have been used extensively in the areas of economics and finance. Recent literature on the topic has shown that a large number of series exhibit nonlinear dynamics as opposed to the alternative--linear dynamics. Incorporating these concepts involves deriving and estimating nonlinear time series models, and these have typically taken the form of Threshold Autoregression (TAR) models, Exponential Smooth Transition (ESTAR) models, and [NAME] (MS) models, among several others. This edited volume provides a timely overview of nonlinear estimation techniques, offering new methods and insights into nonlinear time series analysis. It features cutting-edge research from leading academics in economics, finance, and business management, and will focus on such topics as Zero-Information-Limit-Conditions, using [NAME] to analyze economics series, and how best to distinguish between competing nonlinear models. Principles and techniques in this book will appeal to econometricians, finance professors teaching quantitative finance, researchers, and graduate students interested in learning how to apply advances in nonlinear time series modeling to solve complex problems in economics and finance. | <p>First comprehensive text to feature the most advanced methodologies and nonlinear modeling techniques for economics and finance </p><p>Ideal supplement for graduate students and researchers working with time series analysis </p><p>Includes contributions from such well-known academics and nonlinear modeling experts as [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and Mehmet Caner</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-24306-6 | Economics | Markovits | [NAME] | Economics and the Interpretation and Application of U.S. and E.U. Antitrust Law | Volume I  Basic Concepts and Economics-Based Legal Analyses of Oligopolistic and Predatory Conduct |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 719 | Hard cover | Book | XXV, 719 p. 3 illus. | 0 | final | 94.95 | 101.6 | 104.45 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12049 | Economic Policy | KCP | SCR17001 | Public Law | LND | Business/Economics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword to the Two-Volume Series.- Introduction to This Study.- Introduction to Part I: Basic Concepts and Approaches.- Chapter 1: The “Correct” Definition of “the Impact of a Choice on Economic Efficiency”.- Chapter 2: The Components of the Difference Between a Firm’s Price and Conventional Marginal Costs and the Intermediate Determinants of the Intensity of Quality-and-Variety-Increasing-Investment Competition.- Chapter 3: The Definitions of “Monopolizing Conduct,” “Attempts to Monopolize,” and “Exclusionary Abuses”.- Chapter 4: The Conduct-Coverage of, Tests of Legality Promulgated by, and Defenses (U.S. Spelling) or Defences (British Spelling) Recognized by U.S. Antitrust Law and E.C./E.U. Competition Law.- Chapter 5: The Categories of Economic-Efficiency Gains Whose Generation by Business Conduct Respectively Are and Are Not Relevant to the Conduct’s Antitrust Legality.- Chapter 6: The Inevitable Arbitrariness of Market Definitions and the Unjustifiability of Market-Oriented Antitrust Analyses.- Chapter 7: Economic and Antitrust Markets: Their Abstract Definition, Their Delimitability, and the Methods That Have Been Proposed and Used to Identify Concrete Exemplars.- Chapter 8: The Operational Definition of A Firm’s Monopoly Power, Oligopoly Power, and Total (Market) Power in a Given ARDEPPS.- Chapter 9: The Need to Analyze Separately the Monopolizing Character, “Abusiveness,” Competitive Impact, and Economic Efficiency of Business Choices.- Conclusion to Part I.- Introduction to Part II.- Chapter 10: Oligopolistic Conduct.- Chapter 11: [NAME]. | This volume (1) defines the specific-anticompetitive-intent, lessening-competition, distorting-competition, and exploitative-abuse tests of illegality promulgated by U.S. and/or  [NAME] antitrust law, (2) compares the efficiency defenses promulgated by U.S. and E.U. antitrust law, (3) compares the conduct-coverage of the various U.S. and E.U. antitrust laws, (4) defines price competition and quality-or-variety-increasing-investment (QV-investment) competition and explains why they should be analyzed separately, (5) defines the components of individualized-pricing and across-the-board-pricing sellers’ price minus marginal cost gaps and analyses each’s determinants, (6) defines the determinants of the intensity of QV-investment competition and explains how they determine that intensity, (7) demonstrates that definitions of both classical and antitrust markets are inevitably arbitrary, not just at their periphery but comprehensively, (8) criticizes the various protocols for market definition recommended/used by scholars, the U.S. antitrust agencies, the European Commission, and U.S. and E.U. courts, (9) explains that a firm’s economic (market) power or dominance depends on its power over both price and QV investment and demonstrates that, even if markets could be defined non-arbitrarily, a firm’s economic power could not be predicted from its market share, (10) articulates a definition of “oligopolistic conduct” that some economists have implicitly used–conduct whose perpetrator-perceived ex ante profitability depended critically on the perpetrator’s belief that its rivals’ responses would be affected by their belief that it could react to their responses, distinguishes two types of such conduct–contrived and natural–by whether it entails anticompetitive threats and/or offers, explains why this distinction is critical under U.S. but not E.U. antitrust law, analyzes the profitability of each kind of oligopolistic conduct, examines these analyses’ implications for each’s antitrust legality, and criticizes related U.S. and E.U. case-law and doctrine and scholarly positions (e.g., on the evidence that establishes the illegal oligopolistic character of pricing), and (11) executes parallel analyses of predatory conduct--e.g., criticizes various arguments for the inevitable unprofitability of predatory pricing, the various tests that economists/U.S. courts advocate using/use to determine whether pricing is predatory, and two analyses by economists of the conditions under which QV investment and systems rivalry are predatory and examines the conditions under which production-process research, plant-modernization, and long-term full-requirements contracts are predatory. | <p>Explains why market definitions are inherently arbitrary, develops non-market-oriented approaches to assessing the monopolizing character and competitive impact of mergers, joint ventures, and long-term requirements contracts, and criticizes the market-oriented approaches to these issues proposed by academics and used by U.S. and E.U. courts and antitrust-enforcement agencies </p><p>Defines "oligopolistic" and "predatory" conduct, analyzes the determinants of the profitability of all variants of such conduct, examines the evidence that can and cannot be used to prove that defendants have engaged in them, and criticizes the contrary tests for predation and illegal oligopolistic conduct that academics and U.S. and E.U. courts and enforcement-agencies have proposed/used </p><p>Delineates the legitimate functions of vertical integration, (B) examines the ability of various horizontal pricing techniques, resale price maintenance, and vertical territorial restraints and customer-allocation clauses, other sorts of contractual provisions and sales policies that are designed to reduce independent retailers to promote a producer's product, and long-term full-requirements contracts can perform these functions, (C) examines the legal implications of the foregoing analyses under both U.S. and E.U. antitrust law, and (D) criticizes the contrary analyses and conclusions of scholars and U.S. and E.U. courts and antitrust-enforcement agencies </p><p>Provides a comprehensive account and comparison of U.S. antitrust law and E.U. competition law both as written and as applied (which points out the purely legal as well as the legal/economic errors that U.S. and E.U. authorities have made when interpreting and applying respectively the U.S. statutes and the E.U. treaty), and examines whether historically and contemporaneously these errors make U.S. and E.U. antitrust law differ more as applied than they differ as written </p><p>Is self-contained, combines sophisticated economic analysis with sophisticated legal analysis, provides clear operational definitions of all the economic and legal concepts it uses, relies primarily on verbal explanations, and when it uses mathematics, limits itself mathematically to arithmetical examples and two-dimensional diagrams</p> | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-24312-7 | Economics | Markovits | [NAME] | Economics and the Interpretation and Application of U.S. and E.U. Antitrust Law | Volume II  Economics-Based Legal Analyses of Mergers, Vertical Practices, and Joint Ventures |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 750 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 750 p. | 0 | final | 94.95 | 101.6 | 104.45 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12049 | Economic Policy | KCP | SCR17001 | Public Law | LND | Business/Economics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to This Study: This Study’s Coverage and Distinctive Features.- Chapter 12: Horizontal Mergers and Acquisitions.- Chapter 13: Conglomerate Mergers and Acquisitions.- Chapter 14: Vertical Mergers and the Pricing Techniques, Contract-of-Sale Provisions, and Sales-Policies That Are Surrogates For Vertical Integration.- Chapter 15: Joint Ventures and Other Types of Functionally-Analogous Collaborative Arrangements. | Volume 2 uses the economic and legal concepts/theories of Volume 1 to (1) analyze the U.S. and E.U. antitrust legality of  mergers, joint ventures, and the pricing-technique and contractual/sales-policy distributor-control surrogates for vertical integration and (2) assess related positions of scholars and U.S. and E.U. antitrust officials. Its analysis of horizontal mergers (1) delineates non-market-oriented protocols for determining whether they manifest specific anticompetitive intent, would lessen competition, or are rendered lawful by the efficiencies they would generate, (2) criticizes the U.S. courts’ traditional market-share/market-concentration protocol, the HHI-oriented protocols of the 1992 U.S. DOJ/FTC Guidelines and the European Commission (EC) Guidelines, and the various non-market-oriented protocols the DOJ/FTC have increasingly been using, (3) argues that, although the 2010 U.S. Guidelines and DOJ/FTC officials discuss market definition as if it matters, those Guidelines actually reject market-oriented approaches, and (4) reviews the relevant U.S. and E.U. case-law. Its analysis of conglomerate mergers (1) shows that they can perform the same legitimate and competition-increasing functions as horizontal mergers and can yield illegitimate profits and lessen competition by increasing contrived oligopolistic pricing and retaliation barriers to investment, (2) analyzes the determinants of all these effects, and (3) assesses limit-price theory, the toe-hold-merger doctrine, and U.S. and E.U. case-law. Its analysis of vertical conduct (1) examines the legitimate functions of each type of such conduct, (2) delineates the conditions under which each manifests specific anticompetitive intent and/or lessens competition, and (3) assesses related U.S. and E.U. case-law and DOJ/FTC and EC positions.  Its analysis of joint ventures (1) explains that they violate U.S. law only when they manifest specific anticompetitive intent while they violate E.U. law either for this reason or because they lessen competition,  (2) discusses the meaning of an “ancillary restraint” and demonstrates that whether a joint-venture agreement would be illegal if it imposed no restraints and whether any restraints imposed are ancillary can be determined only through case-by-case analysis, (3) explains why scholars and officials overestimate the economic efficiency of R&D joint ventures, and (4) discusses related U.S. and E.U. case-law and DOJ/FTC and EC positions.  The study’s Conclusion (1) reviews how its analyses justify its innovative conceptual systems and (2) compares U.S. and E.U. antitrust law as written and as applied. | <p>Volume II (Chapters 13 - 15)- see Volume I, ISBN 978-3-642-24306-6 (Chapters 1 - 14)</p><p>Explains why market definitions are inherently arbitrary, develops non-market-oriented approaches to assessing the monopolizing character and competitive impact of mergers, joint ventures, and long-term requirements contracts, and criticizes the market-oriented approaches to these issues proposed by academics and used by U.S. and E.U. courts and antitrust-enforcement agencies </p><p>Defines "oligopolistic" and "predatory" conduct, analyzes the determinants of the profitability of all variants of such conduct, examines the evidence that can and cannot be used to prove that defendants have engaged in them, and criticizes the contrary tests for predation and illegal oligopolistic conduct that academics and U.S. and E.U. courts and enforcement-agencies have proposed/used </p><p>Delineates the legitimate functions of vertical integration, (B) examines the ability of various horizontal pricing techniques, resale price maintenance, and vertical territorial restraints and customer-allocation clauses, other sorts of contractual provisions and sales policies that are designed to reduce independent retailers to promote a producer's product, and long-term full-requirements contracts can perform these functions, (C) examines the legal implications of the foregoing analyses under both U.S. and E.U. antitrust law, and (D) criticizes the contrary analyses and conclusions of scholars and U.S. and E.U. courts and antitrust-enforcement agencies </p><p>Provides a comprehensive account and comparison of U.S. antitrust law and E.U. competition law both as written and as applied (which points out the purely legal as well as the legal/economic errors that U.S. and E.U. authorities have made when interpreting and applying respectively the U.S. statutes and the E.U. treaty), and examines whether historically and contemporaneously these errors make U.S. and E.U. antitrust law differ more as applied than they differ as written </p><p>Is self-contained, combines sophisticated economic analysis with sophisticated legal analysis, provides clear operational definitions of all the economic and legal concepts it uses, relies primarily on verbal explanations, and when it uses mathematics, limits itself mathematically to arithmetical examples and two-dimensional diagrams</p><p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-36860-8 | Economics | Mutum | [NAME]; Sanjit [NAME]; [NAME] | Marketing Cases from Emerging Markets |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 203 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 203 p. 6 illus. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23059 | Marketing | KJS | SCW23180 | Emerging Markets/Globalization | KJSM | Business/Economics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Socio-Cultural Influences.- Market Orientation and Brand Strategies.- Product Development and Market entry.- Marketing communications and Social Media Marketing.- Conclusion. | Despite the fact that experts acknowledge the importance of the emerging markets, there is a dearth of real case studies specially focussed on marketing issues. This case study book addresses that need. It is also important and timely in providing a framework for instructors and researchers (both academic and industry) to understand the dynamics occurring in emerging markets. This book is composed of long and short real cases with varying complexity in different sectors including airlines, hotel, fashion, etc. These will cover issues which are unique to the emerging markets (including the BRIC countries) to understand the dynamics occurring in these countries. With its case studies, collection of questions, and real-life marketing examples, this book offers unique benefits to marketing students and educators across the world. A must-have for every marketing course module.​ | <p>Unique case studies from emerging markets with up to date and relevant marketing issues</p><p>Provides value-add to marketing teaching materials by using real case studies related to marketing and business contexts in emerging markets</p><p>Each topic presents one detailed case study and two short case studies suitable for both classroom discussions or for use in exams</p><p>Inquisitive questions accompany each case [NAME] to enable classroom discussions</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-00938-4 | Economics | Okonkwo | [NAME] | Christian Ethics and Corporate Culture | A Critical View on Corporate Responsibilities | CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & Governance |  | 1 | 2014 | 195 | Hard cover | Book | IV, 195 p. 6 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23200 | Non-Profit Enterprises/Corporate Social Responsibility | KJVX | SCW23130 | Entrepreneurship | KJH | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Seeing the World of Business.- The Business in Society: Can Companies Save the World.- Philosophical Underpinnings of Good Company.- The Challenge of Clashing Theories.- Social Vocation of the Firm.- Non Profit and Business Sector Collaboration.- The Common Good and Social Competitive Creativity.- Maximizing the Shareholder Value.- Consumer, Client,Customer or Citizen - Can the State be a Good Company.- Doing Well by Doing Good: Distinguishing the Right from Good in Theories of Corporate Social Responsibility.- Moral Intuition and Transformative Organizations.- The Game of Exchange: Towards Justice in Bargaining.- The Posture of Services.- When Being Good Isn't Good Enough: the Case of Malden Mills.- What of Financialization?.- Accounting for Just Wages: A Proposal.- A Framework for CSR Assessment, Measurement and Reporting. | The essays collected in this book discuss the contemporary practice of corporate responsibility by applying the Christian principles of the unity of knowledge and pursuit of truth to the traditional principles of justice, human dignity and the common good, to rediscover a corporate culture that will help transform our economic system and the characteristics required to build an enduring trust in economic relationships. In this volume a select group of management theorists, theologians, legal scholars, economists and ethicists jointly strive ​to give back to the market economy its ethical and political dimensions. They assess the quality of present day corporate social responsibility, discuss the social and environmental costs of production and argue for an agenda that can be used in modern corporations in their effort to align profitability and growth with business ethics. | <p>​Impassioned consideration of what businesses should be responsible for and why </p><p>Offers a distinctly Christian perspective on the role of businesses</p><p>Aligns an entrepreneurial view with a Christian ethical framework</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-540-87752-3 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Applied Conjoint Analysis |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 382 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 382 p. 56 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23059 | Marketing | KJS | SCS13004 | Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance | PBT | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter1-Problem Setting.- Chapter 2 Theory and Design of Conjoint Studies (Ratings Based Methods).- Chapter 3 Analysis and Utilization of Conjoint Data (Ratings Based Methods).- Chapter 4 Choice Based Conjoint Studies: Design and Analysis.- Chapter 5 Methods for a Large Number of Attributes.- Chapter 6 Applications for Products and Service Design and Product Line Decisions.- Chapter 7 Applications for Product Positioning and Market Segmentation.- Chapter 8 Applications for Pricing Decisions.- Chapter 9 Applications to a Miscellany of Marketing Problems.- Chapter 10 Recent Developments and Future Outlook. | Conjoint analysis is probably the most significant development in marketing research in the past few decades. It can be described as a set of techniques ideally suited to studying customers’ decision-making processes and determining tradeoffs. Though this book is oriented towards methods and applications of conjoint analysis in marketing, conjoint methods are also applicable for other business and social sciences.After an introduction to the basic ideas of conjoint analysis the book describes the steps involved in designing a ratings-based conjoint study, it covers various methods for estimating partworth functions from preference ratings data, and dedicates a chapter on methods of design and analysis of conjoint-based choice experiments, where choice is measured directly. Chapter 5 describes several methods for handling a large number of attributes. Chapters 6 through 8 discuss the use of conjoint analysis for specific applications like product and service design or product line decisions, product positioning and market segmentation decisions, and pricing decisions. Chapter 9 collates miscellaneous applications of marketing mix including marketing resource allocation or store location decisions. Finally, Chapter 10 reviews more recent developments in experimental design and data analysis and presents an assessment of future developments. | <p>Presents essential knowledge for marketing science</p><p>Teaches constraint analysis </p><p>Suitable as a text book</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-7884-3 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Run to the Pennant | A Multiple Equilibria Approach to Professional Sports Leagues | Sports Economics, Management and Policy | 5 | 1 | 2014 | 140 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 140 p. 20 illus., 9 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12006 | Economics general | KC | SCW12022 | Econometrics | KCH | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Use of empirical data to motivate the theoretical model. (new work).- Chapter 3. A review of the two-team and N-team profit-maximizing model of a league.- Chapter 4. An exposition of the profit-maximizing league model with multiple equilibria. (some new work).- Chapter 5. Roles for policy in the presence of multiple equilibria. (new work).- Chapter 6. Empirical tests for multiple equilibria in sports leagues (new work).- Chapter 7. Concluding thoughts and suggestions for future work.​ | A number of clubs in professional sports leagues exhibit winning streaks over a number of consecutive seasons that do not conform to the standard economic model of a professional sports league developed by El Hodiri and [NAME] (1994) and Fort and [NAME] (1995). These clubs appear to display what we term 'unsustainable runs', defined as a period of two to four seasons where the club acquires expensive talent and attempts to win a league championship despite not having the market size to sustain such a competitive position in the long run. The standard model predicts that clubs that locate in large economic markets will tend to acquire more talent, achieve more success on the field and at the box office than clubs that are located in small markets. This book builds a model that can allow unsustainable runs yet retains most of the features of the standard model.  The model is then subjected to empirical verification.  The new model we develop in the book has as its central feature the possibility of generating two equilibria for a club. In the empirical sections of the book, we use time-series analysis to attempt to test for the presence of unsustainable runs using historical data from National Football League (NFL), National Basketball Association (NBA), National Hockey League (NHL) and Major League Baseball (MLB).  The multiple equilibria model retains all of the features of the standard model of a professional sports league that is accepted quite universally by economists, yet it offers a much richer approach by including an exploration of the effects of revenues that are earned at the league level (television, apparel, naming rights, etc.) that are then shared by all of the member clubs, making this book unique and of great interest to scholars in a variety of fields in economics. | <p>​Explores  the effects of revenues that are earned at the league level (television, apparel, naming rights, etc.) that are then shared by all of the member clubs </p><p>Develops new models that can generate multiple equilibria and unsustainable runs </p><p>Employs sound empirical work using time-series methods not commonly used in  the economics of sports​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1535-6 | Economics | Sahoo | Pravakar Sahoo; [NAME]; [NAME] Dash | Foreign Direct Investment in South Asia | Policy, Impact, [NAME] and Challenges |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 350 p. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW1209X | International Economics | KCL | SCW12257 | Financial Economics | KCBM | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Overview.- 2. South Asia: A Macro Overview.- 3.  Foreign Direct Investment Policy in South Asia.- 4.  Foreign Direct Investment Inflows into South Asia FGD.- 5. FDI in China: A comparative Perspective with India.- 6. [NAME] of FDI in South Asia.- 7. FDI and Economic Growth in South Asia.- 8. Impact of Foreign Direct Investment and Domestic Investment in South Asia: Time series and Panel Evidence.- 9. Impact of Foreign Direct Investment on domestic Exports:   Time series and Panel Evidence from South Asia.- 10. FDI Reforms in South Asia: [NAME], Future Reforms and Challenges.-References. | During the 1990s, the governments of South Asian countries acted as ‘facilitators’ to attract FDI. As a result, the inflow of FDI increased. However, to become an attractive FDI destination as China, Singapore, or Brazil, South Asia has to improve the local conditions of doing business. This book, based on research that blends theory, empirical evidence, and policy, asks and attempts to answer a few core questions relevant to FDI policy in South Asian countries: Which major reforms have succeeded? What are the factors that influence FDI inflows? What has been the impact of FDI on macroeconomic performance? Which policy priorities/reforms needed to boost FDI are pending? These questions and answers should interest policy makers, academics, and all those interested in FDI in the South Asian region and in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka and Pakistan. | ​<p>Offers an in-depth and systematic analysis of foreign direct investment (FDI) policies and flows by country and for South Asia as a whole</p><p>Critically examines the determinants of FDI inflows and impact of FDI at both aggregate and disaggregate levels</p><p> Presents a comprehensive analysis on future reforms and challenges of attracting more FDI</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-4-431-54429-6 | Economics | Sato | Ryuzo Sato; [NAME] | Symmetry and Economic Invariance | Second Enhanced Edition | Advances in Japanese Business and Economics | 1 | 1 | 2014 | 12 | Hard cover | Book | CCLXXXII, 12 p. 42 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12065 | Economic Theory | KCA | SCW12210 | Methodology and the History of Economic Thought | KCA | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I  Introduction1  Introduction1.1 GROUP THEORY AND CLASSIFICATION OF MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURE1.2 LIE GROUPS AND INVARIANCE1.3 ECONOMIC APPLICATIONS OF LIE GROUPS 2  Technical Progress and Economies of Scale: Concept of Holotheticity2.1 A REFORMULATION OF THE PROBLEM2.2 LIE GROUPS2.3 HOLOTHETICITY2.4 CONCLUSION 3  Holothetic Production Functions and Marginal Rate of Technical Substitution3.1 TYPES OF TECHNICAL PROGRESS FUNCTIONS AND HOLOTHETICITY3.2 MARGINAL RATE OF TRANSFORMATION AND EXTENDED TRANSFORMATION3.3 HOLOTHETICITY AND LIE BRACKET3.4 CONCLUSION 4 Utility and Demand4.1 INTEGRABILITY CONDITIONS4.2 CONCLUSION 5  Duality and Self Duality5.1 DUALITY IN CONSUMER THEORY5.2 SEPARABILITY AND [NAME] IN DEMAND THEORY5.4 A METHOD OF DERIVING SELF-DUAL DEMAND FUNCTIONS5.5 EMPIRICAL ESTIMATION OF SELF-DUAL DEMAND FUNCTIONS5.6 IMPLICIT SELF-DUALITY OF PRODUCTION AND COST FUNCTIONS5.7 CONCLUSION 6  The Theory of Index Numbers6.1 STATISTICAL APPROACH6.2 TEST APPROACH6.3 ECONOMIC INDEX NUMBERS6.4 DIVISIA INDEX 7  Dynamics and Conservation Laws7.1 THE VARIATIONAL PROBLEM AND THE RAMSEY RULE7.2 STEADY STATE AND THE GOLDEN RULES7.3 THE HAMILTONIAN FORMULATION AND CONTROL THEORY7.4 NOETHER THEOREM AND ITS IMPLICATIONS7.5 CONSERVATION LAWS IN VON NEUMANN MODEL7.6 MEASUREMENT OF NATIONAL INCOME AND INCOME-WEALTH RATIOS7.7 CONCLUSION Part II  Recent Developments8  The Invariance Principle and Income-Wealth Conservation Laws8.1 INTRODUCTION8.2 BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE LITERATURE8.3 A MODEL WITH HETEROGENEOUS CAPITAL GOODS8.4 NOETHER’S THEOREM (INVARIANCE PRINCIPLE8.5 INCOME-WEALTH CONSERVATION LAWS8.6 SPECIAL CASES8.7 GENERALIZED INCOME/ WEALTH CONSERVATION LAWS8.8 INCOME-CAPITAL (WEALTH) CONSERVATION LAWIN THE VON NEUMANN MODEL8.9 THE TOTAL VALUE CONSERVATION LAWOF THE FIRM8.10 EMPIRICAL APPLICATIONS8.11 SUMMARY 9  Conservation Laws in Continuous and Discrete Models---In memory of Professor [NAME] Ikeda9.1 [NAME] (2012 VERSION) BY [NAME] SUMMARY 10  Quantity or Quality: The Impact of Labour Saving Innovation on US and Japanese Growth Rates, 1960–200410.1 INTRODUCTION10.2 A MODEL OF BIASED (LABOUR SAVING) TECHNICAL CHANGE10.3 APPLICATIONS TO THE US AND JAPANESE DATA10.4 CONCLUSION 11  A Survey on Recent Developments11.1 Introduction11.2 Extensions of the Income-Wealth Conservation Law11.3 Externalities and Policy Interventions 11.4 Stochastic Income and Wealth Conservation Law11.5 Warning11.6 Conservation Laws and Helmholtz Conditions11.7 Comparisons: Three Approaches11.8 Hartwick Rule and Conservation Laws11.9 More Abstract Applications of Group Theory to Economics and Finance 12  Appendix to Part II---Symmetry: An Overview of Geometric Methods in Economics12.1 INTRODUCTION12.2 TOOLBOX12.3 HOLOTHETICITY: SYMMETRY OF THE ISOQUANT MAP12.4 EXAMPLES OF CONSERVATION LAWS IN ECONOMICS12.5 CONCLUSION | Symmetry and Economic Invariance (second enhanced edition) explores how the symmetry and invariance of economic models can provide insights into their properties. Although the professional economist of today is adept at many of the mathematical techniques used in static and dynamic optimization models, group theory is still not among his or her repertoire of tools. The authors aim to show that group theoretic methods form a natural extension of the techniques commonly used in economics and that they can be easily mastered. Part I provides an introduction that minimizes prerequisites including prior knowledge of group theory. Part II discusses recent developments in the field. | <p>Demonstrates how group theory provides insights into the dynamics and the equilibriums of economic models</p><p>Provides an introduction to group theory for economists, assuming no prior knowledge</p><p>Presents a simple characterization of the equilibrium path of dynamic models</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-00496-9 | Economics | Schaffner | [NAME] | Multi Tenancy for Cloud-Based In-Memory Column Databases | Workload Management and Data Placement | In-Memory Data Management Research |  | 1 | 2014 | 128 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 128 p. 37 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | SCI18024 | Database Management | UN | Management / Business for Professionals | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​1. Introduction.- 2. [NAME] and Motivation.- 3. A Model for Load Management and Response Time Prediction.- 4. The Robust Tenant Placement and Migration Problem.- 5. Algorithms for RTP.- 6. Experimental Evaluation.- 7. Related Work.- 8. Conclusions and Perspectives. | With the proliferation of Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) offerings, it is becoming increasingly important for individual SaaS providers to operate their services at a low cost. This book investigates SaaS from the perspective of the provider and shows how operational costs can be reduced by using “multi tenancy,” a technique for consolidating a large number of customers onto a small number of servers. Specifically, the book addresses multi tenancy on the database level, focusing on in-memory column databases, which are the backbone of many important new enterprise applications. For efficiently implementing multi tenancy in a farm of databases, two fundamental challenges must be addressed, (i) workload modeling and (ii) data placement. The first involves estimating the (shared) resource consumption for multi tenancy on a single in-memory database server. The second consists in assigning tenants to servers in a way that minimizes the number of required servers (and thus costs) based on the assumed workload model. This step also entails replicating tenants for performance and high availability. This book presents novel solutions to both problems. | <p>​A background chapter on column databases and multi tenancy summarizes the key concepts of these technologies in a compact manner </p><p>A dedicated chapter on related work provides a detailed survey of the state of the art in workload management, data placement and multi tenant databases in general</p><p>A validation of the algorithmic results is conducted using traces from a production data center running one of SAP's on-demand applications, and the particularities of such realistic data are being discussed and generalized</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38090-7 | Economics | [NAME] | Kwang-Yong Shin | The Executor of Integrated Marketing Communications Strategy: Marcom Manager’s Working Model |  | SpringerBriefs in Business |  | 1 | 2013 | 148 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 148 p. 30 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23059 | Marketing | KJS | SCW23008 | Business/Management Science, general | KJ | Business/Economics | Brief | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-17 00:00:00 |  | Introduction.- Organization.- Implementation.- Marcom Manager’s Work: Communication Category.- The Working Model of Marcom Manager.​ | The book mainly addresses the following aspects: First, it systematically introduces the domestic and foreign research results, pointing out the key elements of the basic theory of IMC, according to a company’s present situation and the practice of IMC strategy. Second, according to the different characteristics of each organization, it provides various IMC organization structures, such as linear structure Model l, a virtual network and centralized type that focuses on individual interest, external types of the IMC organizational structures Model, etc., and suggestions for further study are also presented. | <p>Do you want to be an excellent Marcom Manager? </p><p>The Executor of Integrated Marketing Communications Strategy </p><p>Marcom Manager’s Working Model ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-00538-6 | Economics | Sreejesh | S Sreejesh; [NAME]; M  R Anusree | Business Research Methods | An Applied Orientation |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 238 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XI, 238 p. 54 illus., 31 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23008 | Business/Management Science, general | KJ | SCS13004 | Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance | PBT | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to Business Research.- Business Research Process.- Business Research Design: An Overview.- Exploratory Research Design.- Descriptive Research Design.- Causal Research Design: Experimentation.- Measurement and Scaling.- Questionaire Design.- Data Preparation and Preliminary Analysis.- Analysis of Variance (ANOVA).- Regression Analysis.- Factor [NAME] Regression.- Business Research Reports. | Since research is best learned by doing, this book emphasizes a hands-on, do-it yourself approach. The readers have many opportunities to see how business researches affect and support management decision.  The book used a case study approach for all the chapters with interactive videos. The book gave emphasis to quantitative data analysis using a software program, IBM SPSS 20.0. The data analysis chapters illustrate in detail each step in running the software programs.  The software programs files are provided for all data sets: outputs, demonstration movies, and screen captures are on the Website. This book provides students most extensive help available to learn quantitative data analysis using SPSS. Thus, the authors prepared this textbook and all the additional materials to help the students to understand the functional principles of business research and how to apply them in real-life situations. | <p>​Provides step by step guidelines for business research methods and data analysis using software programs </p><p>Offers a mix of both qualitative and quantitative research that readers can apply directly in real market scenarios </p><p>Each chapter ends with a case study that demonstrates the business research concept discussed​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38723-4 | Economics | Tangian | [NAME] | Mathematical Theory of Democracy |  | Studies in Choice and Welfare |  | 1 | 2014 | 615 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 615 p. | 0 | approx. | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12065 | Economic Theory | KCA | SCX18000 | Political Science, general | JPA | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | History: [NAME] of Democracy in Ancient Rome.- Revival of Democracy in Italian Mediaval City-Republics.- Enlightenment and the End of Traditional Democracy.- Modernity and Schism in Understanding Democracy.- Theory: Direct Democracy.- Dictatorship and Democracy.- Representative Democracy.- Statistically Testing the Representative Capacity.- Concluding Discussion: Bridging Representative and Direct Democracies.- Applications: Simple Applications.- Application to Collective Multicriteria Decisions.- Application to Stock Exchange Predictions.- Application to Traffic Control.- Appendix: Computational Formulas.- Probabilities of Unequal Choices by Vote and by Candidate Scores.- Statistical Significance of Representative Capacity. | The mathematical theory of democracy deals with selection of representatives who make decisions on behalf of the whole society. In this book, the notion of representativeness is operationalized with the index of popularity (the average percentage of the population whose opinion is represented on a number of issues) and the index of universality (the frequency of cases when the opinion of a majority is represented). These indices are applied to evaluate and study the properties of single representatives (e.g. president) and representative bodies (e.g. parliament, magistrate, cabinet, jury, coalition). To bridge representative and direct democracy, an election method is proposed that is based not on voting but on indexing candidates with respect to the electorate’s political profile. In addition, societal and non-societal applications are considered. | <p>Alternative view at social choice, revision of paradoxes of [NAME] and [NAME] </p><p>Computational approach instead of axiomatic approach </p><p>Strong application emphasis to real politics (applications to real politics - from Athens to parliamentary elections, MCDM, finances, traffic control)​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-36891-2 | Economics | Thakur | [NAME] | Cross-Border Due Diligence | Cases and Guidance for Planning Business in Emerging Markets | SpringerBriefs in Business |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 120 p. 6 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23180 | Emerging Markets/Globalization | KJSM | SCW23075 | Organization/Planning | KJU | Management / Business for Professionals | Brief | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book is a practical guide to conducting due diligence for business in emerging markets. It explores the reasons and the right context for companies to operate in the emerging markets. It describes how frontiers matter and explains the challenges of managing across borders provides cases of companies who have built successful businesses in the emerging markets and lessons learnt.​ | Practical guide for conducting due diligence for planning business in emerging markets Discusses contexts in which companies should consider going into emerging markets Provides a useful checklist and several case studies​ | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38588-9 | Economics | Vagadia | Bharat Vagadia | Enterprise Governance | Driving Enterprise Performance Through Strategic Alignment | Management for Professionals |  | 1 | 2014 | 318 | Hard cover | Book | X, 318 p. 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23150 | Business Strategy/Leadership | KJC | SCW23040 | Management/Business for Professionals | KJM | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | A New Approach and Model for Organisational Governance.- Delivering High Performance Organisations Through Enterprise-Wide Governance and Strategic Leadership.- Operational Governance.- Strategic Governance.- Corporate Governance.- [NAME] Governance.- Systematising Enteprise Governance.- [NAME]: A Summary of the Corporate Governance Requirements of Different Countries.- Further Reading. | This book is written for business leaders and those that govern organisations. All high performing organisations excel in achieving 7 organisational outcomes: Accountability, Awareness, Adaptability, Agility, Alignment, Action and Achievement. The enterprise governance framework must deliver on these 7 As through penetrating and integrating three organisational governance layers to drive high performance. These include: corporate governance, strategic governance and operational governance. The book unifies traditional corporate governance, leadership, and strategic management processes, whilst seeking to understand what actually happens on the ground to keep the organisation working and delivering ongoing value to its stakeholders. It synthesises these separate streams into a unified enterprise governance framework, posing some challenging questions whilst providing clear insight into how you implement enterprise governance: something that helps deliver on the 7 As and ultimately high performance. | <p>Practitioner focused advice and illustration on how to integrate corporate, strategic and operational governance</p><p>Practical actions for delivering strategic leadership from the Boardroom and the CEOs office</p>Use of illustrative case studies from a range of leading organisations<p>Key take away tips at the end of each chapter </p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-7629-0 | Economics | Vanderbei | [NAME] | Linear Programming | Foundations and Extensions | International Series in Operations Research & Management Science | 196 | 4 | 2014 | 413 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 413 p. 86 illus., 41 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCM26024 | Operations Research, Management Science | KJT | Business/Economics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer US | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- The Simplex Method.- Degeneracy.- Efficiency of the Simplex Method.- Duality Theory.- The Simplex Method in Matrix Notation.- Sensitivity and Parametric Analyses.- Implementation Issues.- Problems in General Form.- [NAME] Regression.- Financial Applications.- Network-Type Problems.- Applications.- Structural Optimization.- The Central Path.- A Path-Following Method.- The KKT System.- Implementation Issues.- The Affine-Scaling Method.- The Homogeneous Self-Dual Method.- Integer Programming.- Quadratic Programming.- Convex Programming. | This Fourth Edition introduces the latest theory and applications in optimization. It emphasizes constrained optimization, beginning with a substantial treatment of linear programming and then proceeding to convex analysis, network flows, integer programming, quadratic programming, and convex optimization. Readers will discover a host of practical business applications as well as non-business applications.Topics are clearly developed with many numerical examples worked out in detail. Specific examples and concrete algorithms precede more abstract topics. With its focus on solving practical problems, the book features free C programs to implement the major algorithms covered, including the two-phase simplex method, primal-dual simplex method, path-following interior-point method, and homogeneous self-dual methods. In addition, the author provides online JAVA applets that illustrate various pivot rules and variants of the simplex method, both for linear programming and for network flows. These C programs and [NAME] tools can be found on the book's website. The website also includes new online instructional tools and exercises. | Complete updating of bestselling text in the field<br>Now includes online Solutions Manual<br>Significant new material about the average-case behavior of the various algorithms covered | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38510-0 | Economics | Veit | [NAME]; [NAME] | Foundations of Digital Government | Leading and Managing in the Digital Era | Springer Texts in Business and Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 263 | Hard cover | Book | IV, 263 p. 42 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | SCW27000 | Public Administration | JPP | Management / Business for Professionals | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Introduction to Digital Government.- 2 Impact of Digital Government.- 3 The Digital Divide.- 4 Legal Aspects of Digital Service Delivery.- 5 Online One-Stop Government.- 6 Open Government.- 7 E-Procurement.- 8 E-Voting.- 9 E-Participation.- 10 [NAME]. | Digital government consists in the purposeful use of information and communication technologies (ICT), in particular the internet, to transform the relationship between government and society in a positive manner. This book focuses on the current status, prospects and foundations of digital government. Integrating examples and cases from administrative practice, it covers all important aspects of digital government management. Learning outcomes includeUnderstanding the implications of the internet for government and societyGaining deeper insights into the concept and opportunities of digital democracyUnderstanding the challenges of moving public services online | <p>Covers all important aspects of digital government management  </p><p>Provides theories and frameworks from academic literature to understand digital government </p><p>Integrates examples and cases from administrative practice</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38752-4 | Economics | Weidinger | [NAME]; [NAME]; René Schmidpeter | Sustainable Entrepreneurship | Business Success through Sustainability | CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & Governance |  | 1 | 2014 | 302 | Hard cover | Book | IV, 302 p. 41 illus., 38 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23200 | Non-Profit Enterprises/Corporate Social Responsibility | KJVX | SCW23130 | Entrepreneurship | KJH | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Sustainability - Concept for Modern Society.- Global Challenges for a Sustainable Future.- Sustainability - Challenges for the Future.- Shared Value and Sustainable Entrepreneurship.- Sustainable Entrepreneurship - Management Approaches for Sustainable Business Success.- Integrated Business Models as Part of the Solution to the Challenges of our Society.- Entrepreneurship - the Role of Business in the Society.- Sustainable Entrepreneurship from a Civil Society Perspective.- Sustainable Entrepreneurship as Key Driver for Social Innovation.- Sustainable Entrepreneurship as a Driver for Corporate Social Responsibility.- [NAME] and Future Developments.- Cases. | Sustainable Entrepreneurship stands for a business driven concept of sustainability which focusses on increasing both social as well as business value - so called Shared Value.This book shows why and how this unique concept has the potential to become the most recognised strategic management approach in our times. It aims to point out the opportunities that arise from putting sustainable entrepreneurship into practice. At the same time, this book is a wake-up call for all those companies and decision makers who underestimated Sustainable Entrepreneurship before or who are simply not aware of its greater dimension. Well structured chapters from different academic and business perspectives clearly outline how Sustainable Entrepreneurship contributes to solving the world's most challenging problems, such as Climate Change, Finance Crisis and Political Uncertainty,  as well as to ensuring business success. The book provides a framework of orientation where the journey might go: What can a successful concept of SE look like? What are the key drivers for its realisation? What is the role of business in shaping the future of our society? The book also presents best practices and provides unique learnings as well as business insights from the international Sustainable Entrepreneurship Award (www.se-award.org). The Sustainable Entrepreneurship Award (short SEA) is an award for companies today who are thinking about tomorrow by making sustainable business practices an integral part of their corporate culture. Companies that receive the SEA are being recognised for the vision they have shown in combining economic and sustainable responsibility. | <p>Academic and business leaders provide a comprehensive understanding on the concept of "Sustainable Entrepreneurship" and its relevance to latest management approaches</p><p>Managerial and academic insides help to clearly understand the opportunities and challenges related to this evolving concept</p><p>Best practices show how successful companies apply the concept of Sustainable Entrepreneurship in their strategic management as well as in their core business</p><p>Provides a clear approach to the pure terminus of Sustainable Entrepreneurship through the link between Business and Society </p><p>Provides a framework for business opinion leaders and professionals, as well as an orientation for academics and students</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-00094-7 | Economics | Weiers | Georg Weiers | Innovation Through Cooperation | The Emergence of an Idea Economy | Management for Professionals |  | 1 | 2014 | 220 | Hard cover | Book | X, 220 p. 26 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | SCW23130 | Entrepreneurship | KJH | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Economic Evolution.- The Entrepreneurial Society.- Open Innovation.- The Idea Economy.- More and Better Innovation.- Setting the stage.- The Missing Link.- Narrowing the Gap.- Bridging the Gap.- Cooperative Innovation.- Cooperative Innovation and its Future. | Many people have great ideas. Without the necessary skills and means most never get to realize them. If they could cooperate with competent firms and entrepreneurs together both could achieve much and this is increasingly happening. Mechanisms are being established making a division of labour between inventors and implementers a reality. This is changing the nature of innovation from an internal R&D, or purely entrepreneurial attempt, to a more cooperative innovation. An Idea Economy emerges, where anyone has the possibility to profit from their ideas, and everyone will benefit from more and better innovation.This book presents us the emergence and structure of the Idea Economy by extending the seminal concepts of Entrepreneurial Society and Open Innovation. Part I describes the big picture on how innovation is evolving, where we are today, and what an Idea Economy will look like. Part II points the way forward, discussing in detail on how cooperation in the innovation process works, and why this is only recently becoming possible. ​ | <p>Detailed discussion of how cooperation in the innovation process works based on current state of research</p><p>An analysis on the future of innovation that aims to prepare and help firms and inventors to adapt</p><p>Presents an Idea Economy as an extension of the concepts of Entrepreneurial Society and Open Innovation</p> | Professionals | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-28402-1 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Intuitionistic Fuzzy Preference Modeling and Interactive Decision Making |  | Studies in Fuzziness and [NAME] | 280 | 1 | 2013 | 355 | Hard cover | Book | X, 355 p. 13 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.95 | 139.05 | 142.94 | 117 | 173 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operations Research/Decision Theory | KJT |  |  |  | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Intuitionistic [NAME] and Operations.- 1.2 Estimation Algorithms for Acceptable Incomplete Intuitionistic Fuzzy Preference Relations.- 1.2.1 The Estimation Algorithm for an Acceptable Incomplete Intuitionistic Fuzzy Preference Relation with the Least Judgements.-1.2.2 The Estimation Algorithm for Acceptable Incomplete Fuzzy Preferenc Relation with More Known Judgements.-1.2.3 Illustrative Example.- 1.3 Group Decision Making with Incomplete Interval-valued Intuitionistic Preference Relation.- 1.3.1 Incomplete Interval-valued Intuitionistic Preferenc Relations.- 1.3.2 A Procedure for Constructing an Interval-valued Intuitionistic Preference Relation with Multiplicative Transitivity.- 1.3.3 An approach to Group Decision Making with Incomplete Interval-valued Intuitionistic Preference Relation.-1.3.4 Example Illustration.-1.4 Iterative Algorithms for Improving Consistency of Institutionistic Preferenc Relation.- 1.4.1 Some Properties of a Multiplicative Consistent Intuitionistic Preference Relation.-1.4.2 Improving Consistency of an Intuitionistic Preference Relation.-1.4.3 Improving Consistency of Intuitionistic Preference Relations in Group Decision Making.-1.5 Consistency and Consensus Improving Procedures of Interval-valued Intuitionistic Preference Relations.-1.5.1 A Property of Multiplicative Consistent Interval-valued Intuitionistic Preference Relations.-1.5.2 Construction of Multiplicative Consistent or Approximate  Multiplicative Consistent Interval-valued Intuitionistic Preference Relations.-1.5.3 Consensus Improving Procedure of Interval-valued Intuitionistic Preference Relations in Group Decision Making.-1.6 Compatibility Analysis of Intuitionistic Fuzzy Preference Relations in Group Decision Making.-1.6.1 Compatibility Analysis of Intuitionistic Preference Relations.- 1.6.2 Extended Results in Interval-valued Intuitionistic Fuzzy Situations.-1.6.3 Numerical Analysis.-1.7 A Method for Estimating Attribute Weights fromIntuitionistic Preference Relations.-1.7.1 A new Concepts of Consistent Intuitionistic Preference Relation.-1.7.2 A Method for Estimating Attribute Weights.-1.7.3 Illustrative Exampls.-1.8 An Error-Analysis-Based Method for the Priority of an Intuitionistic Preference Relation.-1.8.1 Error Analysis.-1.8.2 An Error-Analysis-Based Priority Method.-1.8.3 Numerical Analysis.-1.9 Ranking Alternatives Based on Intuitionistic Preference Relation.-1.10 Intuitionistic Fuzzy Density-Based Aggregation Operators and Their Applications to Group Decision Making with Intuitionistic Preference  Relations.-1.10.1 Basic Concepts and Measures.-1.10.2 Intuitionistic Fuzzy Density-Based Aggregation Operators.-1.11 Preference Relations Based on Intuitionistic Multiplicative Information.-1.11.1 Intuitionistic Multiplicative Preference Relation.-1.11.2 Intuitionistic Multiplicative Aggregation Operators.-1.11.3 Decision Making with Intuitionistic Multiplicative Preference Relation.-1.12 Intuitionistic Multiplicative Group Decision Making with the [NAME] t-conorm and t-norm.- 1.12.1 Some Intuitionistic Multiplicative Operations Based on the [NAME] t-conorm and t-norm.-1.12.2 Intuitionist ic Multiplicative Aggregation Operators Based on the [NAME] t-conorms and t-norms.-1.12.3 Some Aggregation Operators Reflecting the Correlations of the Aggregated Arguments.-1.12.4 An Approach to Group Decision Making with Intuitionistic Multiplicative Preference Relations.-2 Interactive Intuitionistic Fuzzy Multi-Attribute Decision Making.-2.1 Interactive Intuitionistic Fuzzy Multi-Attribute Decision Making by Identifying and Eliminating Dominated Alternatives.-2.2 Interactive Intuitionistic Fuzzy Multi-Attribute Decision Making Based on Nonlinear Optimization Models.-2.2.1 A Satisfaction-Degree-Based Method.-2.2.2 An Interactive Method.-2.2.3 Extended Results in Interval-Valued Intuitionistic Fuzzy Situations.- References. | This book offers an in-depth and comprehensive introduction to the priority methods of intuitionistic preference relations, the consistency and consensus improving procedures for intuitionistic preference relations, the approaches to group decision making based on intuitionistic preference relations, the approaches and models for interactive decision making with intuitionistic fuzzy information, and the extended results in interval-valued intuitionistic fuzzy environments. | <p>A systematic survey of intuitionistic fuzzy clustering algorithms </p><p>A comprehensive coverage of priority theory and methods of intuitionistic preference relations </p><p>Detailed introduction and insights into a variety of models and approaches for interactive decision making with intuitionistic fuzzy information </p><p>A systematic introduction to the latest research results in intuitionistic fuzzy aggregation techniques</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-30579-5 | Economics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Tackling the Financial Crisis in China– Case Studies from Dongguan |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 270 p. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12014 | Development Economics | KCM | SCW12081 | Industrial Organization | KCD | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book analyses the social and economic problems that are outstanding in Dongguan due to financial crisis, containing relevant proposals for the reference of the government and enterprises. Meanwhile, it includes some new theoretical generalization about the new problems arising in economic practice and provides development economics with new theoretical elements to push its further development. | Addresses social and economic problems in Dongguan due to financial crisis  Provides a clear overview of the basics  Focuses on selected topics | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38924-5 | Economics | YUAN | [NAME] | On China's Trade Surplus |  | SpringerBriefs in Business |  | 1 | 2014 | 96 | Soft cover | Book | IX, 96 p. 16 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | Trade | KC |  |  |  | Management / Business for Professionals | Brief | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | China's trade surplus: a whole view.- What promotes China's trade surplus.- Why China's trade deficit should not appear.- To reduce trade frictions.- The U.S. trade deficit with China: an excuse.​ | China’s trade surplus is an essential question, but there are many popular misconceptions about it, a fact that prompted the creation of this book, On China's Trade Surplus. It will help readers to understand the manner in which China’s foreign trade and China’s role in global trade have developed, and to how to benefit from trade with China. In this book, many hot topics are analyzed, such as: What promotes China’s trade surplus? Why doesn’t it have a trade deficit? What are the relations between trade frictions and China’s trade surplus, and how can trade frictions be reduced? What is the deeper meaning of the U.S. trade deficit with China? | <p>Corrects popular misconceptions about China’s trade surplus<br> <br>Examines the relation between RMB’s exchange rate and China’s trade surplus<br> <br>Investigates the apprehensions of the U.S. concerning its trade deficit with China<br><br>Discusses how China could potentially reduce trade frictions<br> <br>Poses the question: trade surplus or trade deficit, which would be worse for China</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-8159-1 | Economics | Zhang | [NAME] | Accounting Information and Equity Valuation | Theory, Evidence, and Applications | Springer Series in Accounting Scholarship | 6 | 1 | 2014 | 257 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 257 p. 13 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23016 | Accounting/Auditing | KF | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 Value Concept and Accounting Measures of Value Generation: The Residual Income Model.- Chapter 2 Mapping Accounting Data to Value via Linear Information Dynamics: the Early Approach.- Chapter 3 Capital Following Profitability: Why the Residual Income Dynamic is Nonlinear.- Chapter 4 A Basic Model of Equity Value: Incorporating Growth and Abandonment Options.- Chapter 5 Testing the Properties of the ROM.- Chapter 6 Casting Theoretical Light on the Empirical Valuation Literature.- Chapter 7 Valuing Multiple-segment Firms: How Segment-level Data are Incrementally Relevant.- Chapter 8 A Valuation-based Theory of Corporate Divestiture: Why Financial Reporting May Fail to Resolve Information Asymmetries.- Chapter 9 Accounting Information and Equity Returns: A Derivative of the Value Function.- Chapter 10 An Evaluation of the Return-Earnings Research.- Chapter 11 Fair Value Accounting and Income Measurement: An Application to Standard Setting.- Chapter 12 Interpreting Financial Information in an Industry Context.- Chapter 13 Limitations and Future Directions. | The purpose of this book is to offer a more systematic and structured treatment of the research on accounting‐based valuation, with a primary focus on recent theoretical developments and the resulting empirical analyses that recognize the role of accounting information in making managerial decisions.Since its inception, valuation research in accounting has evolved primarily along an “empirically driven” path. In the absence of models constructed specifically to explain this topic, researchers have relied on economic intuition and theories from other disciplines (mainly finance and economics) as a basis for designing empirical analyses and interpreting findings. Although this literature has shed important light on the usefulness of accounting information in capital markets, it is obvious that the lack of a rigorous theoretical framework has hindered the establishment of a systematic and well‐structured literature and made it difficult to probe valuation issues in depth. More recently, however, progress has been made on the theoretical front. The two most prominent frameworks are (i) the “linear information dynamic approach” and (ii) the “real options‐based approach” which recognizes managerial uses of accounting information in the pursuit of value generation. This volume devotes its initial chapters to an evaluation of the models using the linear dynamic approach, and then provides a synthesis of the theoretical studies that adopt the real options approach and the empirical works which draw on them. The book also makes an attempt to revisit and critique existing empirical research (value-relevance and earnings-response studies) within the real options-based framework. It is hoped that the book can heighten interest in integrating theoretical and empirical research in this field, and play a role in helping this literature develop into a more structured and cohesive body of work. Value is of ultimate concern to economic decision-makers, and valuation theory should serve as a platform for studying other accounting topics. The book ends with a call for increased links of other areas of accounting research to valuation theory. | <p>Provides a framework for understanding the relation between accounting information and equity value/returns</p><p>Integrates theory and empirical analysis</p><p>Demonstrates the relevance of valuation research to investors and accounting standard setters (professionals and policymakers) ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-00391-7 | Economics | [NAME] | Marcel [NAME] | International Trade Policy and European Industry | The Case of the Electronics Business | Contributions to Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 454 | Hard cover | Book | XXVI, 454 p. 37 illus., 29 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW1209X | International Economics | KCL | SCW12081 | Industrial Organization | KCD | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Limitations of Voluntary Restraints.- Follies of Voluntary Restraints: Politics and Economics.- CD Players: [NAME] at the End of the Tunnel.- Meeting the Challenge: Blind Alley of New Protection.- Trade Rules and Struggle for Margin.- Market Structure and Dumping.- [NAME] of Japanese Efficiency: Dumping of Compact Disc Players.- Aftermath of VCRs: the Politicised End to a Coninuing Story.- Blurred Picture: Trade Policy and Television's Future in the Dark.- Orientation on Origin Rules: a Digression on Discrimination.- Inter and Intra European Company Politics.- Trade Policy and Pressure Politics: Fax Machines.- Dark Practices in Lighting.- Methodology of Dumping.- Elements in the Determination of the Level of Measures.- After All. | Trade policy has played a vital role in the decline of European electronics business. The events that resulted in the disappearance of the European television industry, of a European and Japanese video recorder format and of other European consumer electronics are directly related to market structures in exporting countries and business practices. In this book, factual business data shows and economic models explain how restrictive trade practices result in elimination of efficient competitors in export markets. It deals with the memorable case how a videocassette recorder format was established by dumping and how politics enabled it. An innovative tariff increase for CD players was invalidated by heavy dumping, causing closure of production in Europe. European CTV industry succumbed under permanent dumping and a series of biases – as the interest of a state-owned company – and serious errors making trade instruments void and rules irreconcilable with international agreements. Practical and theoretical examples and explanations, some in detail, of trade rules are provided. The book sketches events – carelessness, prejudice or special interests, arbitrary and false application of trade instruments and fraud – resulting in disappearance of various European electronics business segments. | Explains the impact of trade policy on industry development<p><p>Case study on trade practices in European consumer electronics business</p><p>Economic models explain dumping and distortion of comparative advantage</p><p>Practical guide for business how to conduct trade policy and avoid pitfalls​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-38173-7 | Economics | Ehlers | Ulf-Daniel Ehlers | Open Learning Cultures | A Guide to Quality, Evaluation, and Assessment for Future Learning |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 241 | Hard cover | Book | X, 241 p. 38 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Computer Science | SCO33000 | Assessment, Testing and Evaluation | JNKD | SCI24032 | Computers and Education | JNV | Education | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Today we are seeing a new form of blended learning: not only is technology enhancing the learning environment but formal and informal learning are combining and there is self- and peer-assessment of results. Open learning cultures are challenging the old and long-practiced methods used by educators and transforming learning into a more student-driven and independent activity , which uses online tools such as blogs, wikis or podcasts to connect resources, students and teachers in a novel way.While in higher education institutions most assessments are still tied to formal learning scenarios, teachers are more and more bound to recognize their students’ informal learning processes and networks. This book will help teachers, lecturers and students to better understand how open learning landscapes work, how to define quality and create assessments in such environments, and how to apply these new measures. To this end, Ehlers first elaborates the technological background for more collaborative, distributed, informal, and self-guided learning. He covers the rise of social media for learning and shows how an architecture of participation can change learning activities. These new paradigms are then applied to learning and education to outline what open learning landscapes look like. Here he highlights the shift from knowledge transfer to competence development, the increase in lifelong learning, and the importance of informal learning, user generated content, and open educational resources. He then shows how to manage quality by presenting a step by step guide to developing customized quality concepts for open learning landscapes. Finally, several methods dealing with assessment in these new environments are presented, including guidelines, templates and use cases to exemplify the approaches. Overall, Ehlers argues for assessment as an integral part of learning processes, with quality assurance as a method of stimulating a quality culture and continuous quality development rather than as a simple controlling exercise. | <p>Details the influence of collaborative web-based technology on learning environments and learning behavior</p><p>Provides educators, teachers, lecturers and students with a practical guide to developing customized quality concepts in open learning environments</p><p>Includes guidelines, templates and use cases to facilitate the practical implementation of the methods presented</p><p>Presents a concept of quality control and assessments as an integral part of learning processes</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-319-00887-5 | Mathematics | Aigner | [NAME] | [NAME]'s Theorem and 100 Years of the Uniqueness Conjecture | From Irrational Numbers to Perfect Matchings |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 224 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 224 p. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM25001 | Number Theory | PBH | SCM11078 | Group Theory and Generalizations | PBG | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Approximation of Irrational Numbers.- [NAME]'s Theorem and the Uniqueness Conjecture.- The Markov Tree.- The Cohn Tree.- The Modular Group SL(2,Z).- The Free Group F2.- Christoffel Words.- Sturmian Words.- Proof of Markov's Theorem.- The Uniqueness Conjecture. ​ | This book takes the reader on a mathematical journey, from a number-theoretic point of view, to the realm of [NAME] theorem and the uniqueness conjecture, gradually unfolding many beautiful connections until everything falls into place in the proof of [NAME]’s theorem. What makes the [NAME] theme so attractive is that it appears in an astounding variety of different fields, from number theory to combinatorics, from classical groups and geometry to the world of graphs and words.On the way, there are also introductory forays into some fascinating topics that do not belong to the standard curriculum, such as [NAME] fractions, modular and free groups, hyperbolic planes, and algebraic words. The book closes with a discussion of the current state of knowledge about the uniqueness conjecture, which remains an open challenge to this day.All the material should be accessible to upper-level undergraduates with some background in number theory, and anything beyond this level is fully explained in the text.This is not a monograph in the usual sense concentrating on a specific topic. Instead, it narrates in five parts – Numbers, Trees, Groups, Words, Finale – the story of a discovery in one field and its many manifestations in others, as a tribute to a great mathematical achievement and as an intellectual pleasure, contemplating the marvellous unity of all mathematics. | <p>First comprehensive book on the Theorem of Markov and the Uniqueness Conjecture</p><p>Fresh and interdisciplinary approach presenting also the many connections to other fields</p><p>Leisurely but rigorous introduction to the "Markov Theme" for students and professional mathematicians​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4471-5166-1 | Mathematics | Amidror | [NAME] | Mastering the Discrete Fourier Transform in One, Two or Several Dimensions | Pitfalls and Artifacts | Computational Imaging and Vision | 43 | 1 | 2013 | 382 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 382 p. 120 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12058 | Fourier Analysis | PBKF | [NAME] | Mathematical Applications in Computer Science | PBWH | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Background and basic notions.- Data reorganizations for the DFT and the IDFT.- True units along the axes when plotting the DFT.- Issues related to aliasing.- Issues related to leakage.- Issues related to resolution and [NAME]. | The discrete [NAME] transform (DFT) is an extremely useful tool that finds application in many different disciplines. However, its use requires caution. The aim of this book is to explain the DFT and its various artifacts and pitfalls and to show how to avoid these (whenever possible), or at least how to recognize them in order to avoid misinterpretations. This concentrated treatment of the DFT artifacts and pitfalls in a single volume is, indeed, new, and it makes this book a valuable source of information for the widest possible range of DFT users. Special attention is given to the one and two dimensional cases due to their particular importance, but the discussion covers the general multidimensional case, too. The book favours a pictorial, intuitive approach which is supported by mathematics, and the discussion is accompanied by a large number of figures and illustrative examples, some of which are visually attractive and even spectacular. Mastering the Discrete Fourier Transform in One, Two or Several Dimensions is intended for scientists, engineers, students and any readers who wish to widen their knowledge of the DFT and its practical use. This book will also be very useful for ‘naive’ users from various scientific or technical disciplines who have to use the DFT for their respective applications. The prerequisite mathematical background is limited to an elementary familiarity with calculus and with the continuous and discrete [NAME] theory. | <p>Written in an informal style using a pictorial, intuitive approach rather than a rigorous mathematical treatment, intentionally avoiding a purist's approach based on theorems and proofs</p><p>Teaches how to correctly interpret the DFT results, and how to distinguish between true spectral contents and the various artifacts that are only due to DFT</p><p>Contains information on subjects rarely covered in literature, such as practical questions regarding the correct interpretation of the DFT results</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-7893-5 | Mathematics | Aven | [NAME]; Uwe Jensen | Stochastic Models in Reliability |  | Stochastic Modelling and Applied Probability | 41 | 2 | 2013 | 303 | Hard cover | Book | X, 303 p. 28 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | SCT22032 | Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk | TGPR | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Basic Reliability Theory.- Stochastic Failure Models.- Availability Analysis of Complex Systems.- Maintenance Optimization. | This book  provides a comprehensive up-to-date presentation of some of the classical areas of reliability, based on a more advanced probabilistic framework using the modern theory of stochastic processes. This framework allows analysts to formulate general failure models, establish formulae for computing various performance measures, as well as determine how to identify optimal replacement policies in complex situations. In this second edition of the book, two major topics have been added to the original version:  copula models which are used to study the effect of structural dependencies on the system reliability; and maintenance optimization which highlights delay time models under  safety constraints.   Terje Aven is Professor of Reliability and Risk Analysis  at University of Stavanger, Norway. Uwe Jensen is working as a Professor at the Institute of Applied Mathematics and Statistics of the University of Hohenheim in Stuttgart, Germany. Review of first edition: 'This is an excellent book on mathematical, statistical and stochastic models in reliability. The authors have done an excellent job of unifying some of the stochastic models in reliability. The book is a good reference book but may not be suitable as a textbook for students in professional fields such as engineering. This book may be used for graduate level seminar courses for students who have had at least the first course in stochastic processes and some knowledge of reliability mathematics. It should be a good reference book for researchers in reliability mathematics.' --Mathematical Reviews (2000) | <p>Unifies some of the stochastic models in reliability</p><p>Reference book for researchers in reliability mathematics</p><p>A comprehensive up-to-date presentation of some of the classical areas of reliability</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00226-2 | Mathematics | Bakry | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Analysis and Geometry of Markov Diffusion Operators |  | Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften | 348 | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 490 p. | 0 | approx. | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-09-25 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I [NAME] semigroups, basics and examples: 1.Markov semigroups.- 2.Model examples.- 3.General setting.- Part II Three model functional inequalities: 4.Poincaré inequalities.- 5.Logarithmic Sobolev inequalities.- 6.Sobolev inequalities.- Part III Related functional, isoperimetric and transportation inequalities: 7.Generalized functional inequalities.- 8.Capacity and isoperimetry-type inequalities.- 9.Optimal transportation and functional inequalities.- Part IV Appendices: A.Semigroups of bounded operators on a [NAME] space.- B.Elements of stochastic calculus.- C.Some basic notions in differential and Riemannian geometry.- Notations and list of symbols.- Bibliography.- Index. | The present volume is an extensive monograph on the analytic and geometric aspects of [NAME] diffusion operators. It focuses on the geometric curvature properties of the underlying structure in order to study convergence to equilibrium, spectral bounds, functional inequalities such as Poincaré, [NAME] or logarithmic Sobolev inequalities, and various bounds on solutions of evolution equations. At the same time, it covers a large class of evolution and partial differential equations.   The book is intended to serve as an introduction to the subject and to be accessible for beginning and advanced scientists and non-specialists. Simultaneously, it covers a large body of results and techniques from the early developments in the mid-eighties to the latest achievements. As such, students and researchers interested in the modern aspects of [NAME] diffusion operators and semigroups and their connections to analytic functional inequalities, probabilistic convergence to equilibrium and geometric curvature will find it especially useful. Selected chapters can also be used for advanced courses on the topic. | <p>First book to give systematic account of the rich interplay between analytic, probabilistic and geometric aspects of [NAME] diffusion operators</p><p>Authors are leading players in the field</p><p>Covers large body of results and techniques from the early developments to the current achievements</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00746-5 | Mathematics | Baldeaux | Jan Baldeaux; [NAME] | Functionals of Multidimensional Diffusions with Applications to Finance |  | Bocconi & Springer Series | 5 | 1 | 2013 | 440 | Hard cover | Book | XXIV, 440 p. 37 illus., 27 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM13062 | Quantitative Finance | KF | SCW12257 | Financial Economics | KCBM | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 A Benchmark Approach to Risk Management.- 2 Functionals of Wiener Processes.- 3 Functionals of Squared Bessel Processes.- 4 Lie Symmetry Group Methods.- 5 Transition Densities via Lie Symmetry Methods.- 6 Exact and Almost Exact Simulation.- 7 Affine Diffusion Processes on the Euclidean Space.- 8 Pricing Using Affine Diffusions.- 9 Solvable Affine Processes on the Euclidean State Space.- 10 An Introduction to Matrix Variate Stochastics.- 11 Wishart Processes.- 12 Monte Carlo and Quasi-Monte Carlo Methods.- 13 Computational Tools.- 14 Credit Risk under the [NAME] Approach.- A Continuous Stochastic Processes.- B Time-Homogeneous Scalar Diffusions.- C Detecting Strict Local Martingales. | This research monograph provides an introduction to tractable multidimensional diffusion models, where transition densities, Laplace transforms, [NAME] transforms, fundamental solutions or functionals can be obtained in explicit form. The book also provides an introduction to the use of Lie symmetry group methods for diffusions, which allows to compute a wide range of functionals. Besides the well-known methodology on affine diffusions it presents a novel approach to affine processes with applications in finance. Numerical methods, including [NAME] and quadrature methods, are discussed together with supporting material on stochastic processes. Applications in finance, for instance, on credit risk and credit valuation adjustment are included in the book. The functionals of multidimensional diffusions analyzed in this book are significant for many areas of application beyond finance. The book is aimed at a wide readership, and develops an intuitive and rigorous understanding of the mathematics underlying the derivation of explicit formulas for functionals of multidimensional diffusions.​ | <p>Provides the reader in a systematic way with the ability to derive explicit formulas for functionals of multidimensional diffusions</p><p>Special unique chapters on Lie symmetry group methods and matrix valued Wishart processes </p><p>Provides the most recent introduction to the benchmark approach to finance pioneered by Platen and co-authors </p><p>The reader finds readily applicable exact simulation methods for various multidimensional diffusion processes​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00547-8 | Mathematics | Barreira | [NAME] | Dimension Theory of Hyperbolic Flows |  | Springer Monographs in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2013 | 158 | Hard cover | Book | X, 158 p. 4 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM1204X | Dynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory | PBWR | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Suspension Flows.- Hyperbolic Flows.- Pressure and Dimension.- Dimension of Hyperbolic Sets.- Pointwise Dimension and Applications.- Suspensions over Symbolic Dynamics.- Multifractal Analysis of Hyperbolic Flows.- Entropy Spectra.- Multidimensional Spectra.- Dimension Spectra.- References.- Index. | The dimension theory of dynamical systems has progressively developed, especially over the last two decades, into an independent and extremely active field of research. Its main aim is to study the complexity of sets and measures that are invariant under the dynamics. In particular, it is essential to characterizing chaotic strange attractors. To date, some parts of the theory have either only been outlined, because they can be reduced to the case of maps, or are too technical for a wider audience. In this respect, the present monograph is intended to provide a comprehensive guide. Moreover, the text is self-contained and with the exception of some basic results in Chapters 3 and 4, all the results in the book include detailed proofs.   The book is intended for researchers and graduate students specializing in dynamical systems who wish to have a sufficiently comprehensive view of the theory together with a working knowledge of its main techniques. The discussion of some open problems is also included in the hope that it may lead to further developments. Ideally, readers should have some familiarity with the basic notions and results of ergodic theory and hyperbolic dynamics at the level of an introductory course in the area, though the initial chapters also review all the necessary material. | <p>First comprehensive exposition of dimension theory of hyperbolic flows<br> <br>Includes an overview of dimension theory and multifractal analysis<br> <br>Includes a detailed discussion of major open problems in the area </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4471-5200-2 | Mathematics | Borovkov | [NAME] | Probability Theory |  | Universitext |  | 1 | 2013 | 733 | Soft cover | Book | XXVIII, 733 p. 22 illus. | 0 | final | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 63.99 | 106.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT |  |  |  | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Discrete Spaces of Elementary Events.- An Arbitrary Space of Elementary Events.- Random Variables and Distribution Functions.- Numerical Characteristics of Random Variables.- Sequences of Independent Trials with Two Outcomes.- On Convergence of Random Variables and Distributions.- Characteristic Functions.- Sequences of Independent Random Variables. Limit Theorems.- Large Deviation Probabilities for Sums of Independent Random Variables.- Renewal Processes.- Properties of the Trajectories of Random Walks. Zero-One Laws.- Random Walks and Factorisation Identities.- Sequences of Dependent Trials. Markov Chains.- Information and Entropy.- Martingales.- Stationary Sequences.- Stochastic Recursive Sequences.- Continuous Time Random Processes.- Processes with Independent Increments.- Functional Limit Theorems.- Markov Processes.- Processes with Finite Second Moments. [NAME] Processes.- Appendices. | Probability theory is an actively developing branch of mathematics. It has applications in many areas of science and technology and forms the basis of mathematical statistics. This self-contained, comprehensive book tackles the principal problems and advanced questions of probability theory and random processes in 22 chapters, presented in a logical order but also suitable for dipping into. They include both classical and more recent results, such as large deviations theory, factorization identities, information theory, stochastic recursive sequences. The book is further distinguished by the inclusion of clear and illustrative proofs of the fundamental results that comprise many methodological improvements aimed at simplifying the arguments and making them more transparent.  The importance of the Russian school in the development of probability theory has long been recognized. This book is the translation of the fifth edition of the highly successful and esteemed Russian textbook. This edition includes a number of new sections, such as a new chapter on large deviation theory for random walks, which are of both theoretical and applied interest. The frequent references to Russian literature throughout this work lend a fresh dimension and makes it an invaluable source of reference for Western researchers and advanced students in probability related subjects.  Probability Theory will be of interest to both advanced undergraduate and graduate students studying probability theory and its applications. It can serve as a basis for several one-semester courses on probability theory and random processes as well as self-study.  About the Author  Professor [NAME] lives and works in the Novosibirsk Academy Town in Russia and is affiliated with both the Sobolev Institute of Mathematics of the Russian Academy of Sciences and the Novosibirsk State University. He is one of the most prominent Russian specialists in probability theory and mathematical statistics. [NAME] authored and co-authored more than 200 research papers and ten research monographs and advanced level university textbooks. His contributions to mathematics and its applications are widely recognized, which included election to the Russian Academy of Sciences and several prestigious awards for his research and textbooks. | <p>Presents a wide range of results in logic and computational complexity </p><p>Explains the topic informally and then in more detail for the advanced reader </p><p>Presents the ideas behind the theoretical concepts </p><p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8023-5 | Mathematics | Bump | [NAME] | [NAME] |  | [NAME] in Mathematics | 225 | 2 | 2013 | 516 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 516 p. 63 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM11132 | Topological Groups, [NAME] | PBG |  |  |  | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Compact Topological Groups.- 1 Haar Measure.- 2 Schur Orthogonality.- 3 Compact Operators.- 4 The Peter–Weyl Theorem.- Part II: Compact Lie Groups.- 5 Lie Subgroups of GL(n,C).- 6 Vector Fields.- 7 Left-Invariant Vector Fields.- 8 The Exponential Map.- 9 Tensors and Universal Properties.- 10 The Universal Enveloping Algebra.- 11 Extension of Scalars.- 12 Representations of sl(2,C).- 13 The Universal Cover.- 14 The Local Frobenius Theorem.- 15 Tori.- 16 Geodesics and Maximal Tori.- 17 The Weyl Integration Formula.- 18 The Root System.- 19 Examples of Root Systems.- 20 Abstract Weyl Groups.- 21 Highest Weight Vectors.- 22 The Weyl Character Formula.- 23 The Fundamental Group.- Part III: Noncompact Lie Groups.- 24 Complexification.- 25 Coxeter Groups.- 26 The Borel Subgroup.- 27 The Bruhat Decomposition.- 28 Symmetric Spaces.- 29 Relative Root Systems.- 30 Embeddings of Lie Groups.- 31 Spin.- Part IV: Duality and Other Topics.- 32 Mackey Theory.- 33 Characters of GL(n,C).- 34 Duality between Sk and GL(n,C).- 35 The [NAME]–Trudi Identity.- 36 Schur Polynomials and GL(n,C).- 37 Schur Polynomials and Sk.  38 The Cauchy Identity.- 39 [NAME] Theory.- 40 Symmetric Group Branching Rules and Tableaux.- 41 Unitary Branching Rules and Tableaux.- 42 Minors of Toeplitz Matrices.- 43 The Involution Model for Sk.- 44 Some Symmetric Alegras.- 45 Gelfand Pairs.- 46 Hecke Algebras.- 47 The Philosophy of Cusp Forms.- 48 Cohomology of Grassmannians.- Appendix: Sage.- References.- Index. | This book is intended for a one-year graduate course on [NAME] groups and [NAME] algebras. The book goes beyond the representation theory of compact [NAME] groups, which is the basis of many texts, and provides a carefully chosen range of material to give the student the bigger picture. The book is organized to allow different paths through the material depending on one's interests. This second edition has substantial new material, including improved discussions of underlying principles, streamlining of some proofs, and many results and topics that were not in the first edition.For compact [NAME] groups, the book covers the [NAME]–Weyl theorem, [NAME], conjugacy of maximal tori, the [NAME] group, roots and weights, Weyl character formula, the fundamental group and more. The book continues with the study of complex analytic groups and general noncompact Lie groups, covering the [NAME] decomposition, Coxeter groups, flag varieties, symmetric spaces, Satake diagrams, embeddings of Lie groups and spin. Other topics that are treated are symmetric function theory, the representation theory of the symmetric group, [NAME]–[NAME] duality and GL(n) × GL(m) duality with many applications including some in random matrix theory, branching rules, Toeplitz determinants, combinatorics of tableaux, Gelfand pairs, Hecke algebras, the 'philosophy of cusp forms' and the cohomology of Grassmannians. An appendix introduces the reader to the use of Sage mathematical software for Lie group computations. | <p>New edition extensively revised and updated</p><p>Includes new material on random matrix theory, such as the Keating-Snaith formula</p><p>Contains material on the use of Sage for [NAME] group problems</p><p>Includes more exercises that provide motivation for the reader</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-38895-8 | Mathematics | Bürgisser | [NAME]; Felipe Cucker | Condition | The Geometry of Numerical Algorithms | Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften | 349 | 1 | 2013 | 570 | Hard cover | Book | XXX, 570 p. 31 illus. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM14018 | Algorithms | PBKS | SCI17001 | Mathematics of Computing | UYA | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Overture: On the Condition of Numerical Problems and the Numbers that Measure It.- I Condition in Linear Algebra (Adagio): 1 Normwise Condition of Linear Equation Solving.- 2 Probabilistic Analysis.- 3 Error Analysis of Triangular Linear Systems.- 4 Probabilistic Analysis of Rectangular Matrices.- 5 Condition Numbers and Iterative Algorithms.- Intermezzo I: Condition of Structured Data.- II Condition in Linear Optimization (Andante): 6 A Condition Number for Polyhedral Conic Systems.- 7 The Ellipsoid Method.- 8 Linear Programs and their Solution Sets.- 9 Interior-point Methods.- 10 The Linear Programming Feasibility Problem.- 11 Condition and Linear Programming Optimization.- 12 Average Analysis of the RCC Condition Number.- 13 Probabilistic Analyses of the GCC Condition Number.- Intermezzo II: The Condition of the Condition.- III Condition in Polynomial Equation Solving (Allegro con brio): 14 A Geometric Framework for Condition Numbers.- 15 Homotopy Continuation and Newton's Method.- 16 Homogeneous Polynomial Systems.- 17 Smale's 17th Problem: I.- 18 Smale's 17th Problem: II.- 19 Real Polynomial Systems.- 20 Probabilistic Analysis of Conic Condition Numbers: I. The Complex Case 4.- 21 Probabilistic Analysis of Conic Condition Numbers: II. The Real Case.- Appendix​. | This book gathers threads that have evolved across different mathematical disciplines into seamless narrative. It deals with condition as a main aspect in the understanding of the performance ---regarding both stability and complexity--- of numerical algorithms. While the role of condition was shaped in the last half-century, so far there has not been a monograph treating this subject in a uniform and systematic way. The book puts special emphasis on the probabilistic analysis of numerical algorithms via the analysis of the corresponding condition. The exposition's level increases along the book, starting in the context of linear algebra at an undergraduate level and reaching in its third part the recent developments and partial solutions for Smale's 17th problem which can be explained within a graduate course. Its middle part contains a condition-based course on linear programming that fills a gap between the current elementary expositions of the subject based on the simplex method and those focusing on convex programming. | <p>Unique book combining methods from numerical computation and complexity</p><p>Excellent pedagogical presentation</p><p>Explanation of Smale's 17th problem</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-94-6239-008-9 | Mathematics | Chui | [NAME]; [NAME] | Applied Mathematics | Data Compression, Spectral Methods, Fourier Analysis, Wavelets, and Applications | Mathematics Textbooks for Science and Engineering | 2 | 1 | 2013 | 568 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 568 p. 63 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM13003 | Applications of Mathematics | PBW | SCM13038 | Information and Communication, Circuits | PBW | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Atlantis Press | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Linear Spaces.- Linerar Analysis.- Spectral Methods and Applications.- Frequency-Domain Methods.- Data Compression.- Fourier Series.- Fourier Time-Frequency Methods.- Wavelet Transform and Filter Banks.- Compactly Supported Wavelets.- Wavelet Analysis. | This textbook, apart from introducing the basic aspects of applied mathematics, focuses on recent topics such as information data manipulation, information coding, data approximation, data dimensionality reduction, data compression, time-frequency and time scale bases, image manipulation, and image noise removal. The methods treated in more detail include spectral representation and “frequency” of the data, providing valuable information for, e.g. data compression and noise removal. Furthermore, a special emphasis is also put on the concept of “wavelets” in connection with the “multi-scale” structure of data-sets. The presentation of the book is elementary and easily accessible, requiring only some knowledge of elementary linear algebra and calculus. All important concepts are illustrated with examples, and each section contains between 10 an 25 exercises. A teaching guide, depending on the level and discipline of instructions is included for classroom teaching and self-study. | <p>A comprehensive Applied Mathematics Textbook on the theory and methods with the central theme of information data processing, manipulation, and compression</p><p>Self-contained with minimum prerequisites from elementary linear algebra and calculus</p><p>A Text book for teaching at both undergraduate and beginning graduate levels </p><p>Self-study for researchers in all disciplines of science and engineering</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00848-6 | Mathematics | Diagana | Toka Diagana | Almost Automorphic Type and Almost Periodic Type Functions in Abstract Spaces |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 295 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 295 p. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Ordinary Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Metric, [NAME], and [NAME] Spaces.- 2. Linear Operators on [NAME] Spaces.- 3. Almost Periodic Functions.- 4. Almost Automorphic Functions.- 5. Pseudo-Almost Periodic Functions.- 6. Pseudo-Almost Automorphic Functions.- 7. Existence Results for Some Second-Order Differential Equations.- 8. Existence Results to Some Integrodifferential Equations.- 9. Existence of C(m)-Pseudo-Almost Automorphic Solutions.- 10. Pseudo-Almost Periodic Solutions to Some Third-Order Differential Equations.- 11. Pseudo-Almost Automorphic Solutions to Some Sobolev-Type Equations.- 12. Stability Results for Some Higher-Order Difference Equations.- 13. Appendix A.- References.- Index. | This book presents a comprehensive introduction to the concepts of almost periodicity, asymptotic almost periodicity, almost automorphy, asymptotic almost automorphy, pseudo-almost periodicity, and pseudo-almost automorphy as well as their recent generalizations. Some of the results presented are either new or else cannot be easily found in the mathematical literature. Despite the noticeable and rapid progress made on these important topics, the only standard references that currently exist on those new classes of functions and their applications are still scattered research articles. One of the main objectives of this book is to close that gap. The prerequisites for the book is the basic introductory course in real analysis. Depending on the background of the student, the book may be suitable for a beginning graduate and/or advanced undergraduate student. Moreover, it will be of a great interest to researchers in mathematics as well as in engineering, in physics, and related areas. Further, some parts of the book may be used for various graduate and undergraduate courses. | <p>​Introduces several new classes of functions as well as their applications to first, second, third, and higher-order differential equations</p><p>Contains material which has never before been presented in a book format</p><p>Can be used for beginning graduate and advanced undergraduate courses</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7948-2 | Mathematics | Duren | [NAME]; [NAME] | Menahem [NAME]: Selected Papers Volume 2 |  | Contemporary Mathematicians |  | 1 | 2013 | 386 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 386 p. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM23009 | History of Mathematical Sciences | PBX | SCM26016 | Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control; Optimization | PBKQ | Mathematics | Collected works | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 4: Reprints.- The Fredholm eigen values of plane domains.- Fredholm eigen values of multiply-connected domains.- Fredholm eigenvalues and conformal mapping.- Fredholm eigenvalues and Grunsky matrices.- Commentary by [NAME] (with G. P´olya) Sur la repr´esentation conforme [NAME] d’une courbe ferm´ee convexe.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- Extremum problems and variational methods in conformal mapping.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- (with [NAME]) A new proof of the [NAME] conjecture for the fourth Coefficient.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- (with [NAME]) A variational method for functions schlicht in an annulus.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- (with [NAME]) On the mean-value property of harmonic functions.- Commentary by [NAME] Zalcman.- (with [NAME]) Half-order differentials on Riemann surfaces.- Commentary by [NAME] (with [NAME]) The local maximum theorem for the coefficients of univalent functions.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- Some distortion theorems in the theory of conformal mapping.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- (with [NAME]) An extremal problem for the Fredholm eigenvalues.- (with G. Schober) A remark on the paper “An extremal problem for the Fredholm eigenvalues”.- (with [NAME]) A variational method for general families of quasiconformal mappings.- Commentary by [NAME] (with [NAME] and [NAME]) Some inequalities for Stekloff eigenvalues.- Commentary by Bodo Dittmar.- (with [NAME]) Variational methods for [NAME]-Eilenberg functions and for pairs.- Commentary by [NAME] Aharonov.- (with [NAME] and B. Pinchuk) Bounded univalent functions which cover a fixed disc.- Commentary by [NAME] Pinchuk.- (with [NAME]) The dielectric Green’s function and quasiconformal mapping.- Commentary by [NAME] Osgood.- (with [NAME] and G. Schober) On the second variation for univalent functions.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- (with [NAME] and [NAME]) Potato kugel.- Commentary by [NAME] Zalcman.- (with [NAME] and [NAME]) Support points with maximum radial angle.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- (with [NAME]) Univalent functions which map onto regions of given transfinite diameter.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- (with [NAME]) [NAME] functions and distortion of capacity under conformal mapping.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- [NAME]: Some personal reminiscences.- Commentary by [NAME]. | [NAME], the dominant figure in geometric function theory in the second half of the twentieth century, was a mathematician of exceptional breadth, whose work ranged over such areas as univalent functions, conformal mapping, Riemann surfaces, partial differential equations, potential theory, fluid dynamics, and the theory of relativity. He is best remembered for the powerful variational methods he developed and applied to extremal problems in a wide variety of scientific fields. Spanning seven decades, the papers collected in these two volumes represent some of [NAME]'s most enduring innovations. Expert commentaries provide valuable background and survey subsequent developments. Also included are a complete bibliography and several appreciations of [NAME]'s influence by collaborators and other admirers. | <p>Presents a major portion of the life work of [NAME] Schiffer</p><p>Serves as an excellent source for researchers and students in the calculus of variations looking for original articles</p><p>Contains commentary and annotation to make the work more accessible</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-0-8176-3652-4 | Mathematics | Duren | [NAME]; [NAME] | Menahem [NAME]: Selected Papers Volume 1 |  | Contemporary Mathematicians |  | 1 | 2013 | 584 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 584 p. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM23009 | History of Mathematical Sciences | PBX | SCM26016 | Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control; Optimization | PBKQ | Mathematics | Collected works | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1. Publications of M. M. Schiffer.- Doctoral Students of M. M. Schiffer.- Chronology of M. M. Schiffer.- Part 2. Personal Reminiscences.- [NAME], “Recollections of Menahem Max Schiffer”.- [NAME], “Memories of Menahem Schiffer”.- Peter Duren, “Working with [NAME], “Memories of Max Schiffer”.- Dennis Hejhal, “Some Reminiscences of My Thesis Advisor, [NAME], “[NAME] at the Technion”.- [NAME], “[NAME], Explorer”.- Part 3. Selected Papers.- Ein neuer Beweis des Endlichkeitssatzes f¨ur Orthogonalinvarianten.- Commentary by [NAME] Zalcman.- Sur un principe [NAME] holomorphes.- Commentary by Peter Duren.- Sur un probl`eme d’extr´emum de la repr´esentation conforme.- A method of variation within the family of simple functions.- On the coefficients of simple functions.- Sur un th´eor`eme de la repr´esentation conforme.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- Sur la variation de la fonction de Green de domaines plans [NAME] variation du diam`etre transfini.- Variation of the Green function and theory of the p-valued functions.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- The span of multiply connected domains.- Commentary by Brad Osgood.- Sur l’´equation diff´erentielle de M. L¨owner.- Commentary by Peter Duren.- Hadamard’s formula and variation of domain-functions.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- The kernel function of an orthonormal system.- Commentary by Dmitry Khavinson.- (with [NAME]) A representation of Green’s and Neumann’s functions in the theory of partial differential equations of second order.- Commentary by Dmitry Khavinson.- (with [NAME]) Kernel functions in the theory of partial differential equations of elliptic type.- Commentary by Dmitry Khavinson.- [NAME] polynomials in the theory of univalent functions.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- (with [NAME]) Identities in the theory of conformal mapping.- Commentary by [NAME] Osgood.- (with [NAME] and [NAME]) The coefficient regions of schlicht functions.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- (with [NAME]) On existence theorems of potential theory and conformal mapping.- Commentary by [NAME] Osgood.- (with [NAME]) Kernel functions and conformal mapping.- Commentary by Dmitry Khavinson.- Variational methods in the theory of conformal mapping.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- [44] (with [NAME] and [NAME]) Axially symmetric cavitational flow.- Commentary by Louis Nirenberg.- Variation of domain functional.- Commentary by [NAME] Duren.- (with [NAME]) A coefficient inequality for schlicht functions.- Commentary by [NAME]. | [NAME], the dominant figure in geometric function theory in the second half of the twentieth century, was a mathematician of exceptional breadth, whose work ranged over such areas as univalent functions, conformal mapping, Riemann surfaces, partial differential equations, potential theory, fluid dynamics, and the theory of relativity. He is best remembered for the powerful variational methods he developed and applied to extremal problems in a wide variety of scientific fields Spanning seven decades, the papers collected in these two volumes represent some of [NAME]'s most enduring innovations. Expert commentaries provide valuable background and survey subsequent developments. Also included are a complete bibliography and several appreciations of [NAME]'s influence by collaborators and other admirers. | <p>Presents a major portion of the life work of [NAME] Schiffer</p><p>Serves as an excellent source for researchers and students in the calculus of variations </p><p>Contains commentary and annotation to make the work more accessible</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0641-1 | Mathematics | Edmunds | [NAME]; [NAME] | Representations of Linear Operators Between Banach Spaces |  | Operator Theory: Advances and Applications | 238 | 1 | 2013 | 140 | Hard cover | Book | X, 140 p. | 0 | approx. | 84.95 | 90.9 | 93.45 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12139 | Operator Theory | PBKF | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | Mathematics | Monograph | [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-18 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Preliminaries.- 2 Representation of compact linear operators.- 3 Representation of bounded linear operators. | The book deals with the representation in series form of compact linear operators acting between [NAME] spaces, and provides an analogue of the classical [NAME] space results of this nature that have their roots in the work of [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]. The representation involves a recursively obtained sequence of points on the unit sphere of the initial space and a corresponding sequence of positive numbers that correspond to the eigenvectors and eigenvalues of the map in the [NAME] space case. The lack of orthogonality is partially compensated by the systematic use of polar sets. There are applications to the p-Laplacian and similar nonlinear partial differential equations. Preliminary material is presented in the first chapter, the main results being established in Chapter 2. The final chapter is devoted to the problems encountered when trying to represent non-compact maps.​ | <p>No similar treatment existing in book form </p><p>Very recent and ongoing developments </p><p>Likely to stimulate interest in a difficult and interesting branch of analysis ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-94-6239-002-7 | Mathematics | Eldering | [NAME] | Normally Hyperbolic Invariant Manifolds | The Noncompact Case | Atlantis Series in Dynamical Systems | 2 | 1 | 2013 | 189 | Hard cover | Book | X, 189 p. 28 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM1204X | Dynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory | PBWR | SCM00009 | Mathematics, general | PB | Mathematics | Monograph | Atlantis Press | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Manifolds of bounded geometry.- Persistence of noncompact NHIMs.- Extension of results. | This monograph treats normally hyperbolic invariant manifolds, with a focus on noncompactness. These objects generalize hyperbolic fixed points and are ubiquitous in dynamical systems. First, normally hyperbolic invariant manifolds and their relation to hyperbolic fixed points and center manifolds, as well as, overviews of history and methods of proofs are presented. Furthermore, issues (such as uniformity and bounded geometry) arising due to noncompactness are discussed in great detail with examples. The main new result shown is a proof of persistence for noncompact normally hyperbolic invariant manifolds in Riemannian manifolds of bounded geometry. This extends well-known results by Fenichel and [NAME], Pugh and Shub, and is complementary to noncompactness results in Banach spaces by [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]. Along the way, some new results in bounded geometry are obtained and a framework is developed to analyze ODEs in a differential geometric context. Finally, the main result is extended to time and parameter dependent systems and overflowing invariant manifolds. | <p>A gentle introduction: examples, history, overview of [NAME] nonlinear dynamics and differential geometry</p><p> Includes various new results in bounded geometry  </p><p>Completely worked out persistence proof using the Perron method</p><p>Multiple appendices with background material</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-35328-4 | Mathematics | [NAME] | Jean-Claude Falmagne; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Knowledge Spaces | Applications in Education |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 354 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 354 p. 65 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM13100 | Mathematical Models of Cognitive Processes and Neural Networks | PBWH | [NAME] | Combinatorics | PBV | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Overview:- Assessing Mathematical Knowledge in a Learning Space.- ALEKS Based Placement at the University of Illinois.- A Potential Technological Solution in Reducing Achievement Gap Between White and Black Students.- Is There a Relationship Between Interacting with a Mathematical Intelligent Tutoring System and Students Performance on Standardized High-Stake Tests?.- Using Knowledge Space Theory To Assess Student Understanding of Chemistry.- Mathematical Compendium.- Heuristics for Generating and Validating Surmise Relations across, between, and within Sets.- Recent Developments in Competence-based [NAME] in Performance-based [NAME], Competencies and Knowledge Structures.- Learning Sequences.- Index.- Reference. | The book describes up-to-date applications and relevant theoretical results. These applications come from various places, but the most important one, numerically speaking, is the internet based educational system ALEKS. The ALEKS system is bilingual English-Spanish and covers all of mathematics, from third grade to the end of high school, and chemistry. It is also widely used in higher education because US students are often poorly prepared when they reach the university level. The chapter by Taagepera and [NAME] deals with the application of knowledge spaces, independent of ALEKS, to the teaching of college chemistry. The four chapters by [NAME] and his collaborators strive to give cognitive interpretations to the combinatoric structures obtained and used by the ALEKS system. The contribution by Eppstein is technical and develops means of searching the knowledge structure efficiently. | <br>The combinatoric and stochastic search engine described in the book monitors a unique knowledge assessment mechanism that produces the exact list of concepts that the student is ready to learn<br>This technology is meant to replace psychometric techniques and models that are the basis for current standardized testing<br>The technology is the basis of the ALEKS system, which has been used successfully by millions of students in the US and abroad in both K12 and higher education | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-0-8176-4947-0 | Mathematics | Foucart | [NAME]; [NAME] | A Mathematical Introduction to Compressive Sensing |  | Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis |  | 1 | 2013 | 625 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 625 p. 13 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Computational Science and Engineering | PDE | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 An Invitation to Compressive Sensing.- 2 Sparse Solutions of Underdetermined Systems.- 3 Basic Algorithms.- 4 Basis Pursuit.- 5 Coherence.- 6 Restricted Isometry Property.- 7 Basic Tools from Probability Theory.- 8 Advanced Tools from Probability Theory.- 9 Sparse Recovery with Random Matrices.- 10 Gelfand Widths of l1-Balls.- 11 Instance Optimality and Quotient Property.- 12 Random Sampling in Bounded Orthonormal Systems.- 13 Lossless Expanders in Compressive Sensing.- 14 Recovery of Random Signals using Deterministic Matrices.- 15 Algorithms for l1-Minimization.- Appendix A Matrix Analysis.- Appendix B Convex Analysis.- Appendix C Miscellanea.- List of Symbols.- References. | At the intersection of mathematics, engineering, and computer science sits the thriving field of compressive sensing. Based on the premise that data acquisition and compression can be performed simultaneously, compressive sensing finds applications in imaging, signal processing, and many other domains. In the areas of applied mathematics, electrical engineering, and theoretical computer science, an explosion of research activity has already followed the theoretical results that highlighted the efficiency of the basic principles. The elegant ideas behind these principles are also of independent interest to pure mathematicians.A Mathematical Introduction to Compressive Sensing gives a detailed account of the core theory upon which the field is build. With only moderate prerequisites, it is an excellent textbook for graduate courses in mathematics, engineering, and computer science. It also serves as a reliable resource for practitioners and researchers in these disciplines who want to acquire a careful understanding of the subject. A Mathematical Introduction to Compressive Sensing uses a mathematical perspective to present the core of the theory underlying compressive sensing. | <p>The first textbook completely devoted to the topic of compressive sensing<br><br>Comprehensive treatment of the subject, including background material from probability theory, detailed proofs of the main theorems, and an outline of possible applications<br><br>Numerous exercises designed to help students understand the material<br><br>An extensive bibliography with over 500 references that guide researchers through the literature</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-39362-4 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Stochastic Simulation and [NAME] | Mathematical Foundations of Stochastic Simulation | Stochastic Modelling and Applied Probability | 68 | 1 | 2013 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 250 p. 4 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | [NAME] | Numerical Analysis | PBKS | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I:Principles of [NAME] Methods.- 1.Introduction.- 2.Strong Law of Large Numbers and [NAME] Methods.- 3.Non Asymptotic Error Estimates for [NAME]:Exact and Approximate Simulation of Markov Processes.- 4.Poisson Processes.- 5.Discrete-Space Markov Processes.- 6.Continuous-Space Markov Processes with Jumps.- 7.Discretization of Stochastic Differential Equations.- Part III:[NAME], [NAME], and Stochastic Algorithms.- 8.Variance Reduction and Stochastic Differential Equations.- 9.Stochastic Algorithms.- References.- Index.​ | In various scientific and industrial fields, stochastic simulations are taking on a new importance. This is due to the increasing power of computers and practitioners’ aim to simulate more and more complex systems, and thus use random parameters as well as random noises to model the parametric uncertainties and the lack of knowledge on the physics of these systems. The error analysis of these computations is a highly complex mathematical undertaking. Approaching these issues, the authors present stochastic numerical methods and prove accurate convergence rate estimates in terms of their numerical parameters (number of simulations, time discretization steps). As a result, the book is a self-contained and rigorous study of the numerical methods within a theoretical framework. After briefly reviewing the basics, the authors first introduce fundamental notions in stochastic calculus and continuous-time martingale theory, then develop the analysis of pure-jump [NAME] processes, Poisson processes, and stochastic differential equations. In particular, they review the essential properties of Itô integrals and prove fundamental results on the probabilistic analysis of parabolic partial differential equations. These results in turn provide the basis for developing stochastic numerical methods, both from an algorithmic and theoretical point of view.   The book combines advanced mathematical tools, theoretical analysis of stochastic numerical methods, and practical issues at a high level, so as to provide optimal results on the accuracy of [NAME] simulations of stochastic processes. It is intended for master and Ph.D. students in the field of stochastic processes and their numerical applications, as well as for physicists, biologists, economists and other professionals working with stochastic simulations, who will benefit from the ability to reliably estimate and control the accuracy of their simulations. | <p>Combines advanced mathematical tools and theoretical analysis of stochastic numerical methods at a high level </p><p>Provides methods to reach optimal results on the accuracy of [NAME] simulations of stochastic processes </p><p>Contains exercises in the text and problem sets of increasing demand at the end of each chapter ​ </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00704-5 | Mathematics | Grigorieva | Ellina Grigorieva | Methods of Solving Complex Geometry Problems |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 220 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 220 p. 194 illus., 184 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM21006 | Geometry | PBM | SCM23009 | History of Mathematical Sciences | PBX | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Problems Involving Triangles.- 2 Quadrilaterals and other Polygons.- 3 Problems Involving Circles.- 4 Problems on Construction.- Appendix A Ratios and Proportion.- [NAME] My 9th Grade Notebook Page.- Appendix C My Pictures.- References.- Index. | This book is a unique collection of challenging geometry problems and detailed solutions that will build students’ confidence in mathematics. By proposing several methods to approach each problem and emphasizing geometry’s connections with different fields of mathematics, Methods of Solving Complex Geometry Problems serves as a bridge to more advanced problem solving.  Written by an accomplished female mathematician who struggled with geometry as a child, it does not intimidate, but instead fosters the reader’s ability to solve math problems through the direct application of theorems. Containing over 160 complex problems with hints and detailed solutions, Methods of Solving Complex Geometry Problems can be used as a self-study guide for mathematics competitions and for improving problem-solving skills in courses on plane geometry or the history of mathematics. It contains important and sometimes overlooked topics on triangles, quadrilaterals, and circles such as the Menelaus-Ceva theorem, [NAME]’s line, Heron’s formula, and the theorems of the three altitudes and medians. It can also be used by professors as a resource to stimulate the abstract thinking required to transcend the tedious and routine, bringing forth the original thought of which their students are capable. Methods of Solving Complex Geometry Problems will interest high school and college students needing to prepare for exams and competitions, as well as anyone who enjoys an intellectual challenge and has a special love of geometry. It will also appeal to instructors of geometry, history of mathematics, and math education courses. | <p>Contains over 160 complex problems with answers, hints, and detailed solutions</p><p>Serves as the bridge to more advanced texts in problem-solving </p><p>Serves as a self-study or extra resource in the classroom</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7866-9 | Mathematics | Grinfeld | Pavel Grinfeld | Introduction to Tensor Analysis and the Calculus of Moving Surfaces |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 274 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 274 p. 37 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM21022 | Differential Geometry | PBMP | SCM26016 | Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control; Optimization | PBKQ | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Why Tensor Calculus?.- 1. Rules of the Game.- 2. Coordinate Systems and the Role of Tensor Calculus.- 3. Change of Coordinates.- 4. ​Tensor [NAME] Spaces.- 5. The Tensor Property.- 6. Covariant Differentiation.- 7. [NAME] and the Levi-Civita Symbol.- 8. Tensor Description of Surfaces.- 9. Covariant Derivative of Tensors with Surface Indices.- 10. The Curvature Tensor.- 11. Covariant Derivative of Tensors with Spatial Indices.- 12. Integration and Gauss's Theorem.- 13. Intrinsic Features of Embedded Surfaces.- 14. Further Topics in Differential Geometry.- 15. Classical Problems in the Calculus of Variations.- 16. Equations of Classical Mechanics.- 17. Equations of [NAME] Mechanics.- 18. Einstein's Theory of Relativity.- 19. The Rules of Calculus of Moving Surfaces.- 20. Applications of the Calculus of Moving Surfaces. | Tensor calculus is a must for researchers dealing with natural phenomena as well as for highly qualified engineers working with man-made technological equipment. This textbook was conceived as a self-contained introduction to tensor calculus and grown out of the lecture notes for a course continually taught by the author at Drexel University. The text contains over 150 exercises and is divided into four parts. The first part focuses on tensors in Euclidean spaces, and includes chapters on subjects such as covariant differentiation. The second part focuses on tensors in embedded surfaces, and includes chapters on the curvature tensor and Gauss's theorem. The third part covers applications of tensor calculus and contains chapters on equations of classical mechanics, equations of continuum mechanics, and Einstein's Theory of Relativity. The fourth and final chapter explains the rules and applications of the calculus of moving surfaces. Though the book's approach is informal and avoids a formalization of the subject, it maintains a respectable level of rigor and reflects the author's deep passion for the subject. Moreover, it focuses on concrete objects and appeals to the reader's intuition with regard to such fundamental concepts as the Euclidean space, surface, and length. It is intended for advanced undergraduate students (and first-year graduate students) in technical fields, and assumes a solid understanding of linear algebra and multivariable calculus. | <p>​Is a self-contained introduction to tensor calculus containing over 150 exercises </p><p>Presents a clear geometric picture combined with an effective and elegant analytical technique </p><p>Uses an informal approach, focuses on concrete objects, and appeals to the reader's intuition with regard to fundamental concepts such as the Euclidean space, surface, and length </p><p>Covers the subject of tensor calculus in greater depth than existing published texts</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4471-5342-9 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Probability Models |  | Springer Undergraduate Mathematics Series |  | 2 | 2013 | 274 | Soft cover | Book | X, 274 p. 5 illus. | 0 | final | 34.99 | 37.44 | 38.49 | 24.95 | 47 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | SCI21025 | Simulation and Modeling | UGK | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Probability Spaces.- Conditional Probability and Independence.- Common Probability Distributions.- Random Variables.- Sums of Random Variables.- Convergence and Limit Theorems.- Stochastic Processes in Discrete Time.- Stochastic Processes in [NAME] Time.- Appendix: Common Distributions and Mathematical Facts. | The purpose of this book is to provide a sound introduction to the study of real-world phenomena that possess random variation. It describes how to set up and analyse models of real-life phenomena that involve elements of chance. Motivation comes from everyday experiences of probability, such as that of a dice or cards, the idea of fairness in games of chance, and the random ways in which, say, birthdays are shared or particular events arise. Applications include branching processes, random walks, [NAME] chains, queues, renewal theory, and [NAME] motion. This popular second edition textbook contains many worked examples and several chapters have been updated and expanded. Some mathematical knowledge is assumed. The reader should have the ability to work with unions, intersections and complements of sets; a good facility with calculus, including integration, sequences and series; and appreciation of the logical development of an argument. Probability Models is designed to aid students studying probability as part of an undergraduate course on mathematics or mathematics and statistics. | <p>Very suitable for self-study</p><p>Provides many worked examples and exercises</p><p>Suitable for beginners; no prior knowledge of probability is needed<br></p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0602-2 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Quaternion and [NAME] and Wavelets |  | Trends in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2013 | 338 | Hard cover | Book | XXVII, 338 p. 76 illus., 55 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 119.99 | 128.39 | 131.99 | 108 | 160 | English | Mathematics | SCM25001 | Number Theory | PBH | SCM11094 | Linear and [NAME], Matrix Theory | PBF | Mathematics | Contributed volume | [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- History of Quaternion and Clifford-Fourier Transforms and Wavelets.- Part I: Quaternions.- 1 Quaternion Fourier Transform: Re-tooling Image and Signal Processing Analysis.- 2 The Orthogonal 2D Planes Split of Quaternions and Steerable Quaternion Fourier Transformations.- 3 Quaternionic Spectral Analysis of Non-Stationary Improper Complex Signals.- 4 Quaternionic Local Phase for Low-level Image Processing Using Atomic Functions.- 5 Bochner’s Theorems in the Framework of Quaternion Analysis.- 6 Bochner-Minlos Theorem and Quaternion Fourier Transform.- Part II: Clifford Algebra.- 7 Square Roots of -1 in Real Clifford Algebras.- 8 A General [NAME] Transform.- 9 Clifford-Fourier Transform and [NAME] of Images.- 10 Analytic Video (2D+t) Signals Using Clifford-Fourier Transforms in [NAME] 11 Generalized Analytic Signals in Image Processing: Comparison, Theory and Applications.- 12 Color Extension of Monogenic Wavelets with [NAME] to Color Image Denoising.- 13 Seeing the Invisible and Maxwell’s Equations.- 14 A Generalized Windowed Fourier Transform in [NAME] 15 The Balian-Low theorem for the Windowed Clifford-Fourier Transform.- 16 Sparse Representation of Signals in Hardy Space.​- Index. | Quaternion and [NAME] and wavelet transformations generalize the classical theory to higher dimensions and are becoming increasingly important in diverse areas of mathematics, physics, computer science and engineering. This edited volume presents the state of the art in these hypercomplex transformations. The [NAME] algebras unify [NAME]’s quaternions with [NAME]. A Clifford algebra is a complete algebra of a vector space and all its subspaces including the measurement of volumes and dihedral angles between any pair of subspaces. Quaternion and [NAME] algebras permit the systematic generalization of many known concepts.   This book provides comprehensive insights into current developments and applications including their performance and evaluation. Mathematically, it indicates where further investigation is required. For instance, attention is drawn to the matrix isomorphisms for [NAME], which will help readers to see that software implementations are within our grasp.   It also contributes to a growing unification of ideas and notation across the expanding field of hypercomplex transforms and wavelets. The first chapter provides a historical background and an overview of the relevant literature, and shows how the contributions that follow relate to each other and to prior work. The book will be a valuable resource for graduate students as well as for scientists and engineers. | <p>First book on this topics combining theory and applications</p><p>Comprehensive overview addressing both mathematicians and engineers</p><p>Provides a representative overview of the relevant literature</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-39367-9 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Geometry of Continued Fractions |  | Algorithms and Computation in Mathematics | 26 | 1 | 2013 | 404 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 404 p. 61 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM11000 | Algebra | PBF | SCM11124 | Order, Lattices, Ordered [NAME] | PBF | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction.- Part 1. Regular continued fractions: Chapter 1. Classical notions and definitions.- Chapter 2. On integer geometry.- Chapter 3. Geometry of regular continued fractions.- Chapter 4. Complete invariant of integer angles.- Chapter 5. Integer trigonometry for integer angles.- Chapter 6. [NAME] angles of integer triangles.- Chapter 7. Continued fractions and SL(2; Z) conjugacy classes. Elements of Gauss Reduction Theory. [NAME] 8. Lagrange theorem.- Chapter 9. Gauss-Kuzmin statistics.- Chapter 10. Geometric approximation aspects.- Chapter 11. Geometry of continued fractions with real elements and the second Kepler law.- Chapter 12. [NAME] angles of polygons and global relations to toric singularities.- Part 2. [NAME] polyhedra: Chapter 13. Basic notions and definitions of multidimensional integer geometry.- Chapter 14. On empty simplices, pyramids, parallelepipeds.- Chapter 15. Multidimensional continued fractions in the sense of Klein.- Chapter 16. Dirichlet groups and lattice reduction.- Chapter 17. Periodicity of Klein polyhedra. Generalization of Lagrange theorem.- Chapter 18. Multidimensional Gauss-Kuzmin statistics.- Chapter 19. On construction of multidimensional continued fractions.- Chapter 20. Gauss Reduction in higher dimensions.- Chapter 21. Decomposable forms. Relation to Littlewood and Oppenheim conjectures.- Chapter 22. Approximation of maximal commutative subgroups.- Chapter 23. Other generalizations of continued fractions.- Bibliography​. | Traditionally a subject of number theory, continued fractions appear in dynamical systems, algebraic geometry, topology, and even celestial mechanics. The rise of computational geometry has resulted in renewed interest in multidimensional generalizations of continued fractions. Numerous classical theorems have been extended to the multidimensional case, casting light on phenomena in diverse areas of mathematics. This book introduces a new geometric vision of continued fractions. It covers several applications to questions related to such areas as Diophantine approximation, algebraic number theory, and toric geometry. The reader will find an overview of current progress in the geometric theory of multidimensional continued fractions accompanied by currently open problems. Whenever possible, we illustrate geometric constructions with figures and examples. Each chapter has exercises useful for undergraduate or graduate courses. | <p>New approach to the geometry of numbers, very visual and algorithmic</p><p>Numerous illustrations and examples</p><p>Problems for each chapter</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4471-5360-3 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Probability Theory | A Comprehensive Course | Universitext |  | 2 | 2013 | 648 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 648 p. 44 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | [NAME] | Measure and Integration | PBKL | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Basic Measure Theory.- Independence.- Generating Functions.- The Integral.- Moments and Laws of Large Numbers.- Convergence Theorems.- Lp-Spaces and the Radon–Nikodym Theorem.- Conditional Expectations.- Martingales.- Optional Sampling Theorems.- Martingale Convergence Theorems and Their Applications.- Backwards Martingales and Exchangeability.- Convergence of Measures.- Probability Measures on Product Spaces.- Characteristic Functions and the Central Limit Theorem.- Infinitely Divisible Distributions.- [NAME] of Markov Chains.- [NAME] and Electrical Networks.- Ergodic Theory.- Brownian Motion.- Law of the Iterated Logarithm.- Large Deviations.- The Poisson Point Process.- The Itˆo Integral.- Stochastic Differential Equations. | This second edition of the popular textbook contains a comprehensive course in modern probability theory. Overall, probabilistic concepts play an increasingly important role in mathematics, physics, biology, financial engineering and computer science. They help us in understanding magnetism, amorphous media, genetic diversity and the perils of random developments at financial markets, and they guide us in constructing more efficient algorithms.   To address these concepts, the title covers a wide variety of topics, many of which are not usually found in introductory textbooks, such as:   • limit theorems for sums of random variables • martingales • percolation [NAME] chains and electrical networks • construction of stochastic processes • Poisson point process and infinite divisibility • large deviation principles and statistical physics • Brownian motion • stochastic integral and stochastic differential equations.The theory is developed rigorously and in a self-contained way, with the chapters on measure theory interlaced with the probabilistic chapters in order to display the power of the abstract concepts in probability theory. This second edition has been carefully extended and includes many new features. It contains updated figures (over 50), computer simulations and some difficult proofs have been made more accessible. A wealth of examples and more than 270 exercises as well as biographic details of key mathematicians support and enliven the presentation. It will be of use to students and researchers in mathematics and statistics in physics, computer science, economics and biology. | <p>Presents an updated, comprehensive and modern introduction to the most important fields of probability theory</p><p>Contains many new figures and examples</p><p>Studies a wide variety of topics on probability theory, many of which are not found in introductory textbooks</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8285-7 | Mathematics | Knopov | [NAME]; [NAME] | Estimation and Control Problems for Stochastic Partial Differential Equations |  | Springer Optimization and Its Applications | 83 | 1 | 2013 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 240 p. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCM26016 | Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control; Optimization | PBKQ | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Two Parameter Martingales and Their Properties.- 2. Stochastic Differential Equations on the Plane.- 3. Filtration and Prediction Problems for Stochastic Fields.- 4. Control Problem for Diffusion-Type Random Fields.- 5. Stochastic Processes in a Hilbert Space.- References. | Focusing on research surrounding aspects of insufficiently studied problems of estimation and optimal control of random fields, this book exposes some important aspects of those fields for systems modeled by stochastic partial differential equations. It contains many results of interest to specialists in both the theory of random fields and optimal control theory who use modern mathematical tools for resolving specific applied problems, and presents research that has not previously been covered. More generally, this book is intended for scientists, graduate, and post-graduates specializing in probability theory and mathematical statistics.The models presented describe many processes in turbulence theory, fluid mechanics, hydrology, astronomy, and meteorology, and are widely used in pattern recognition theory and parameter identification of stochastic systems. Therefore, this book may also be useful to applied mathematicians who use probability and statistical methods in the selection of useful signals subject to noise, hypothesis distinguishing, distributed parameter systems optimal control, and more. Material presented in this monograph can be used for education courses on the estimation and control theory of random fields. | <p>​Investigates important aspects of estimation and control theory for systems modeled by stochastic partial differential equations </p><p>Presents research on problems of estimation and control theory for random fields that has not been previously covered by researchers </p><p>Includes research on control, prediction, and estimation for systems with two parameters and additive noise</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7550-7 | Mathematics | Koziel | [NAME]; [NAME] | Surrogate-Based Modeling and Optimization | Applications in Engineering |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 412 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 412 p. 245 illus., 142 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM14068 | Mathematical Modeling and Industrial Mathematics | PBWH | [NAME] | Aerospace Technology and Astronautics | TRP | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-19 00:00:00 |  | [NAME] for Electromagnetic-Simulation-Driven Design Optimization, [NAME], [NAME], and Stanislav Ogurtsov.- Surrogate-Based Circuit Design Centering, [NAME] [NAME] and [NAME] Antenna Design Using Surrogate-Based Optimization, [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Leifsson.- Practical Application of Space Mapping Techniques to the Synthesis of CSRR-based Artificial Transmission Lines, Ana Rodríguez, [NAME], Ferran Martín and [NAME] The Efficiency of Difference Mapping on Space Mapping Based Optimization, Murat Simsek, Neslihan Serap Sengor.- Bayesian Support Vector Regression Modeling of Microwave Structures for Design Applications, J. Pieter Jacobs, [NAME], [NAME] Leifsson.- Artificial Neural Networks and Space Mapping For EM-Based Modelling and Design of Microwave Circuits, [NAME] Model-Based Variation-Aware Integrated Circuit Design, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Franzon.- [NAME] for Gas Network Simulation using [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and Tanja Clees.- Aerodynamic Shape Optimization by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], Stanislav Ogurtsov.- Efficient Robust Design with Stochastic Expansions, [NAME], and Serhat Hosder.- Surrogate Models for Aerodynamic Shape Optimisation, [NAME], and Nikolaos Asproulis.- Knowledge-Based Surrogate Modeling in Engineering Design Optimization, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] Baier.- Switching Response Surface Models for Structural Health Monitoring of Bridges, [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Surrogate Modeling of Stability Constraints for Optimization of Composite Structures.- S. Grihon, [NAME], [NAME], P. Prikhodko.- Engineering Optimization and Industrial Applications, [NAME]. | Contemporary engineering design is heavily based on computer simulations. Accurate, high-fidelity simulations are used not only for design verification but, even more importantly, to adjust parameters of the system to have it meet given performance requirements. Unfortunately, accurate simulations are often computationally very expensive with evaluation times as long as hours or even days per design, making design automation using conventional methods impractical. These and other problems can be alleviated by the development and employment of so-called surrogates that reliably represent the expensive, simulation-based model of the system or device of interest but they are much more reasonable and analytically tractable.  This volume features surrogate-based modeling and optimization techniques, and their applications for solving difficult and computationally expensive engineering design problems. It begins by presenting the basic concepts and formulations of the surrogate-based modeling and optimization paradigm and then discusses relevant modeling techniques, optimization algorithms and design procedures, as well as state-of-the-art developments. The chapters are self-contained with basic concepts and formulations along with applications and examples. The book will be useful to researchers in engineering and mathematics, in particular those who employ computationally heavy simulations in their design work. | <p>​​​Summarizes the latest developments in surrogate-based modeling and optimization methodologies </p><p>Includes a diverse range of applications and well-chosen case studies </p><p>Balances coverage of theoretical foundation and engineering-oriented optimization methods in one volume </p><p>Provides a​ self-contained treatment by including introductory materials, practical methods and algorithms, as well as applications and case studies</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7923-9 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Geometric Analysis of the Bergman Kernel and Metric |  | [NAME] in Mathematics | 268 | 1 | 2013 | 342 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 342 p. 7 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1. Introductory Ideas.- 2. The [NAME] Metric.- 3. Geometric and Analytic Ideas.- 4. Partial Differential Equations.- 5. Further Geometric Explorations.- 6. Additional Analytic Topics.- 7. Curvature of the Bergman Metric.- 8. Concluding Remarks.- Table of Notation.- Bibliography.- Index. | This text provides a masterful and systematic treatment of all the basic analytic and geometric aspects of [NAME]'s classic theory of the kernel and its invariance properties. These include calculation, invariance properties, boundary asymptotics, and asymptotic expansion of the Bergman kernel and metric. Moreover, it presents a unique compendium of results with applications to function theory, geometry, partial differential equations, and interpretations in the language of functional analysis, with emphasis on the several complex variables context. Several of these topics appear here for the first time in book form. Each chapter includes illustrative examples and a collection of exercises which will be of interest to both graduate students and experienced mathematicians.  Graduate students who have taken courses in complex variables and have a basic background in real and functional analysis will find this textbook appealing. Applicable courses for either main or supplementary usage include those in complex variables, several complex variables, complex differential geometry, and partial differential equations. Researchers in complex analysis, harmonic analysis, PDEs, and complex differential geometry will also benefit from the thorough treatment of the many exciting aspects of [NAME]'s theory. | <p>Several topics are presented for the first time in book form </p><p>Textbook for graduate students that will also benefit seasoned researchers in mathematics </p><p>Includes illustrative examples and carefully chosen exercises </p><p>Discusses applications to function theory, geometry, partial differential equations, and interpretations in terms of functional analysis</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7945-1 | Mathematics | Lax | [NAME]; [NAME] | Calculus With Applications |  | Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics |  | 2 | 2013 | 556 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 556 p. 220 illus. | 0 | final | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.99 | 60 | English | Mathematics | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | SCM13003 | Applications of Mathematics | PBW | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Numbers and Limits.- 2 Functions and Continuity.- 3 The Derivative and Differentiation.- 4 The Theory of Differentiable Functions.- 5 Applications of the Derivative.- 6 Integration.- 7 Methods for Integration.- 8 Approximation of Integrals.- 9 Complex Numbers.- 10 Differential Equations.- 11 Probability.- Answers to Selected Problems.- Index. | This new edition of Lax, [NAME], and Lax's Calculus with Applications and [NAME] offers meaningful explanations of the important theorems of single variable calculus. Written with students in mathematics, the physical sciences, and engineering in mind, and revised with their help, it shows that the themes of calculation, approximation, and modeling are central to mathematics and the main ideas of single variable calculus. This edition brings the innovation of the first edition to a new generation of students. New sections in this book use simple, elementary examples to show that when applying calculus concepts to approximations of  functions, uniform convergence is more natural and easier to use than point-wise convergence. As in the original, this edition includes material that is essential for students in science and engineering, including an elementary introduction to complex numbers and complex-valued functions, applications of calculus to modeling vibrations and population dynamics, and an introduction to probability and information theory. | <p>New edition extensively revised and updated, including many new problems<br> <br>Features early treatment of sequences and series relates calculus to calculation and approximation<br> <br>Offers explanations of all the important theorems to help students understand their meaning</p> | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0656-5 | Mathematics | Llibre | [NAME]; [NAME] | Introduction to the Qualitative Theory of Differential Systems | Planar, Symmetric and Continuous Piecewise Linear Systems | [NAME]   Basler Lehrbücher |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. | 0 | approx. | 59.95 | 64.15 | 65.95 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Ordinary Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCM13070 | Systems Theory, Control | GPFC | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | [NAME] | Planned | 2013-08-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Introduction and statement of the main results.- 2 Basic elements of the qualitative theory of ODEs.- 3 Fundamental systems.- 4 Return maps.- 5 Phase portraits.- Index.- Bibliography.​ | The book deals with continuous piecewise linear differential systems in the plane with three pieces separated by a pair of parallel straight lines. Moreover, these differential systems are symmetric with respect to the origin of coordinates. This class of systems driven by concrete applications is of interest in engineering, in particular in control theory and the design of electric circuits. By studying these particular differential systems we will introduce the basic tools of the qualitative theory of ordinary differential equations, which allow us to describe the global dynamics of these systems including the infinity. The behavior of their solutions, their parametric stability or instability and their bifurcations are described. The book is very appropriate for a first course in the qualitative theory of differential equations or dynamical systems, mainly for engineers, mathematicians, and physicists. | Excellent for learning the use of basic results on qualitative theory of differential systems Illustrates how to use the Poincaré map for studying the periodic orbits of a differential system Shows the importance of compactification of the domain of definition of a differential system for the understanding of the global dynamics of the system Points out the importance of bifurcation diagrams for describing the different dynamics of differential systems depending on parameters​ | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7731-0 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | First Steps in Differential Geometry | Riemannian, Contact, Symplectic | Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2013 | 410 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 410 p. 54 illus., 25 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM21022 | Differential Geometry | PBMP | SCM12082 | Global Analysis and Analysis on Manifolds | PBKS | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Basic Objects and Notation.- Linear Algebra Essentials.- Advanced Calculus.- Differential Forms and Tensors.- Riemannian Geometry.- Contact Geometry.- Symplectic Geometry.- References.- Index. | Differential geometry arguably offers the smoothest transition from the standard university mathematics sequence of the first four semesters in calculus, linear algebra, and differential equations to the higher levels of abstraction and proof encountered at the upper division by mathematics majors. Today it is possible to describe differential geometry as 'the study of structures on the tangent space,' and this text develops this point of view. This book, unlike other introductory texts in differential geometry, develops the architecture necessary to introduce symplectic and contact geometry alongside its Riemannian cousin. The main goal of this book is to bring the undergraduate student who already has a solid foundation in the standard mathematics curriculum into contact with the beauty of higher mathematics. In particular, the presentation here emphasizes the consequences of a definition and the careful use of examples and constructions in order to explore those consequences. | <p>Introduces symplectic and contact geometry alongside Riemannian geometry, unlike other texts in differential geometry</p><p>Develops tools from linear algebra and advanced calculus, including differential forms and tensors, that are necessary in differential geometry</p><p>Introduces the reader to higher mathematics, including proofs of most of the main statements and results</p><p>Aimed as a text for undergraduate students who have finished two years of standard mathematics curriculum, including courses in calculus, linear algebra, and differential equations</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8207-9 | Mathematics | Mitrea | [NAME] | Distributions, Partial Differential Equations, and Harmonic Analysis |  | Universitext |  | 1 | 2013 | 498 | Soft cover | Book | X, 498 p. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCM12066 | Functional Analysis | PBKF | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Introduction.- Summary of Topological and Functional Analysis Results.- Weak Derivatives.- The Space D0() of Distributions.- [NAME] Transform.- The Space of Tempered Distributions.- Fundamental Solution.- The Laplace Operator.- The Heat Operator.- The Wave Operator.- The Lame Operator.- Fundamental Solutions for Other Operators.- Hypoelliptic operators.- Sobolev spaces.- Appendix.- References. ​ | ​The theory of distributions constitutes an essential tool in the study of partial differential equations. This textbook would offer, in a concise, largely self-contained form, a rapid introduction to the theory of distributions and its applications to partial differential equations, including computing fundamental solutions for the most basic differential operators: the Laplace, heat, wave, Lam\'e and [NAME] operators.​ | <p>​ ​Largely self-contained, rapid introduction to the theory of distributions and its applications to partial differential equations </p><p>Contains the computation of fundamental solutions for the Laplacian, heat, wave, Lam\'e, [NAME], and Cauchy operators </p><p>Each chapter contains exercises and many have solutions at the end of the book </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8258-1 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; Hong Xiao | Prolate Spheroidal Wave Functions of Order Zero | [NAME] for Bandlimited Approximation | Applied Mathematical Sciences | 187 | 1 | 2013 | 361 | Hard cover | Book | X, 361 p. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Numerical Analysis | PBKS | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer US | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Introduction.- Mathematical and Numerical Preliminaries.- Overview.- Analysis of the Differential Operator.- Analysis of the Integral Operator.- Rational Approximations of PSWFs.-Miscellaneous Properties of PSWFs.-  Asymptotic Analysis of PSWFs.- Quadrature Rules and Interpolation via PSWFs.- Numerical Algorithms​.- | Prolate Spheroidal Wave Functions (PSWFs) are the eigenfunctions of the bandlimited operator in one dimension. As such, they play  an important role in signal processing, [NAME] analysis, and  approximation theory. While historically the numerical evaluation  of PSWFs presented serious difficulties, the developments of the last fifteen years or so made them as computationally tractable as any  other class of special functions. As a result, PSWFs have been becoming a popular computational tool.The present book serves as a complete, self-contained resource for both theory and computation. It will be of interest to a wide range of scientists and engineers, from mathematicians interested in PSWFs as an analytical tool to electrical engineers designing filters and antennas. | <p>Aimed at a broad spectrum of scientists and engineers</p><p>Contains detailed description of practical numerical algorithms </p><p>Written by top international researchers in field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00965-0 | Mathematics | Paule | [NAME] | Mathematics, Computer Science and Logic - A Never Ending Story | The Bruno Buchberger Festschrift |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 115 | Hard cover | Book | X, 115 p. 35 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM14018 | Algorithms | PBKS | SCM24005 | Mathematical Logic and Foundations | PBC | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- [NAME]: Foundations of Mathematics from the Perspective of Computer Verification.- Manfred Broy: On the Role of Logic and Algebra in Software Engineering.- [NAME]: New Directions in the Foundations of Mathematics (2002).- Doron Zeilberger: Towards a Symbolic Computational Philosophy (and Methodology!) for Mathematics.​ | This book presents four mathematical essays which explore the foundations of mathematics and related topics ranging from philosophy and logic to modern computer mathematics. While connected to the historical evolution of these concepts, the essays place strong emphasis on developments still to come. The book originated in a 2002 symposium celebrating the work of [NAME], Professor of Computer Mathematics at Johannes Kepler University, Linz, Austria, on the occasion of his 60th birthday. Among many other accomplishments, Professor [NAME] in 1985 was the founding editor of the Journal of Symbolic Computation; the founder of the Research Institute for Symbolic Computation (RISC) and its chairman from 1987-2000; the founder in 1990 of the Softwarepark Hagenberg, Austria, and since then its director. More than a decade in the making, Mathematics, Computer Science and Logic - A Never Ending Story includes essays by leading authorities, on such topics as mathematical foundations from the perspective of computer verification; a symbolic-computational philosophy and methodology for mathematics; the role of logic and algebra in software engineering; and new directions in the foundations of mathematics. These inspiring essays invite general, mathematically interested readers to share state-of-the-art ideas which advance the never ending story of mathematics, computer science and logic. Mathematics, Computer Science and Logic - A Never Ending Story is edited by Professor [NAME], [NAME] successor as director of the Research Institute for Symbolic Computation. | <p>Gathers inspiring essays, written by international experts</p><p>Explores the foundations of mathematics: the state of the art, new ideas and directions</p><p>Reviews new aspects of the interplay among mathematics, logic and computer science</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | [PHONE]-50-5 | Mathematics | Privault | [NAME] | Understanding [NAME] | Examples and Applications | Springer Undergraduate Mathematics Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 354 | Soft cover | Book | IX, 354 p. 72 illus. | 0 | final | 34.99 | 37.44 | 38.49 | 24.95 | 47 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer Singapore | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- 1) Probability Background.- 2) Gambling Problems.- 3) Random Walks.- 4) Discrete-Time Markov Chains.- 5) First Step Analysis.- 6) Classication of States.- 7) Long-Run Behavior of Markov Chains.- 8) Branching Processes.- 9) Continuous-Time Markov Chains.- 10) Discrete-Time Martingales.- 11) Spatial Poisson Processes.- 12) Reliability Theory.- Some Useful Identities.- Solutions to the Exercises.- References.- Index. | This book provides an undergraduate introduction to discrete and continuous-time [NAME] chains and their applications. A large focus is placed on the first step analysis technique and its applications to average hitting times and ruin probabilities. Classical topics such as recurrence and transience, stationary and limiting distributions, as well as branching processes, are also covered. Two major examples (gambling processes and random walks) are treated in detail from the beginning, before the general theory itself is presented in the subsequent chapters. An introduction to discrete-time martingales and their relation to ruin probabilities and mean exit times is also provided, and the book includes a chapter on spatial Poisson processes with some recent results on moment identities and deviation inequalities for Poisson stochastic integrals. The concepts presented are illustrated by examples and by 72 exercises and their complete solutions. | <p>Easily accessible to both mathematics and non-mathematics majors who are taking an introductory course on Stochastic Processes</p><p>Filled with numerous exercises to test students' understanding of key concepts</p><p>A gentle introduction to help students ease into later chapters, also suitable for self-study</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-0-8176-3942-6 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Distributions in the Physical and Engineering Sciences, Volume 2 | Linear and Nonlinear Dynamics in Continuous Media | Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis |  | 1 | 2013 | 356 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 356 p. 91 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM00009 | Mathematics, general | PB |  |  |  | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | III POTENTIALS, DIFFUSIONS AND [NAME] 9 Potential Theory and Fundamental Solutions of Elliptic Equations.- 10 Diffusions and [NAME] Equations.- 11 Waves and Hyperbolic Equations.- 12 First Order Nonlinear PDEs and Conservation Laws.- 13 Generalized Solutions of First Order Nonlinear PDEs.- 14 Nonlinear waves and growing interfaces: 1-D Burgers-KPZ models.- 15 Other Standard Nonlinear Models of Higher Order.- Appendix A: Answers and Solutions.- Appendix B: Bibliographical Notes. | Distributions in the Physical and Engineering Sciences is a comprehensive exposition on analytic methods for solving science and engineering problems. It is written from the unifying viewpoint of distribution theory and enriched with many modern topics which are important for practitioners and researchers. The goal of the books is to give the reader, specialist and non-specialist, useable and modern mathematical tools in their research and analysis.  Volume 2: Linear and Nonlinear Dynamics of Continuous Media continues the multivolume project which endeavors to show how the theory of distributions, also called the theory of generalized functions, can be used by graduate students and researchers in applied mathematics, physical sciences, and engineering. It contains an analysis of the three basic types of linear partial differential equations--elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic--as well as chapters on first-order nonlinear partial differential equations and conservation laws, and generalized solutions of first-order nonlinear PDEs. Nonlinear wave, growing interface,  and Burger’s equations, KdV equations, and the equations of gas dynamics and porous media are also covered. The careful explanations, accessible writing style, many illustrations/examples and solutions also make it suitable for use as a self-study reference by anyone seeking greater understanding and proficiency in the problem solving methods presented. The book is ideal for a general scientific and engineering audience, yet it is mathematically precise.  Features·         Application oriented exposition of distributional (Dirac delta) methods in the theory of  partial differential equations. Abstract formalism is keep to a minimum.·         Careful and rich selection of examples and problems arising in real-life situations. Complete solutions to all exercises appear at the end of the book.·         Clear explanations, motivations, and illustration of all necessary mathematical concepts. | <p>Application oriented exposition of distributional (Dirac delta) methods in the theory of partial differential equations</p><p><p>Includes a large number of exercises and solutions expanding on themes developed in the main text</p><p>Clear explanations, motivations, and illustration of all necessary mathematical concepts</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7686-3 | Mathematics | Schuss | [NAME] | [NAME] at Boundaries and Interfaces | In Physics, Chemistry, and Biology | Applied Mathematical Sciences | 186 | 1 | 2013 | 333 | Hard cover | Book | X, 333 p. 46 illus., 9 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​The Mathematical Brownian Motion.- Euler Simulation of Ito SDEs.- Simulation of the Overdamped Langevin Equation.- The First Passage Time of a Diffusion Process.- Chemical Reaction in Microdomains.- The Stochastic Separatrix.- Narrow Escape in R2.- Narrow Escape in R3. | Brownian dynamics serve as mathematical models for the diffusive motion of microscopic particles of various shapes in gaseous, liquid, or solid environments. The renewed interest in Brownian dynamics is due primarily to their key role in molecular and cellular biophysics: diffusion of ions and molecules is the driver of all life. [NAME] dynamics simulations are the numerical realizations of stochastic differential equations that model the functions of biological micro devices such as protein ionic channels of biological membranes, cardiac myocytes, neuronal synapses, and many more. Stochastic differential equations are ubiquitous models in computational physics, chemistry, biophysics, computer science, communications theory, mathematical finance theory, and many other disciplines. Brownian dynamics simulations of the random motion of particles, be it molecules or stock prices, give rise to mathematical problems that neither the kinetic theory of Maxwell and [NAME], nor [NAME]’s and Langevin’s theories of [NAME] motion could predict.This book takes the readers on a journey that starts with the rigorous definition of mathematical [NAME] motion, and ends with the explicit solution of a series of complex problems that have immediate applications. It is aimed at applied mathematicians, physicists, theoretical chemists, and physiologists who are interested in modeling, analysis, and simulation of micro devices of microbiology. The book contains exercises and worked out examples throughout. | <p>​Written in an accessible, easy to read manner without detailed rigorous proofs</p><p>Lots of examples and exercises throughout the book</p><p>Written from the scientists point of view with deep insight into several modelling situations in biology  ​</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-37955-0 | Mathematics | Shafarevich | [NAME]; [NAME] | Basic Algebraic Geometry 1 | Varieties in Projective Space |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 318 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 318 p. 21 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM11019 | Algebraic Geometry | PBMW | SCP19005 | Theoretical, Mathematical and Computational Physics | PHU | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Book 1. Varieties in Projective Space: Chapter 1. Basic Notions.- Chapter II. Local Properties.- Chapter III. Divisors and Differential Forms.- Chapter IV. Intersection Numbers.- Algebraic Appendix.- References.- Index | Shafarevich's Basic Algebraic Geometry has been a classic and universally used introduction  to the subject since its first appearance over 40 years ago. As the translator writes in a prefatory note, ``For all [advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate] students, and for the many specialists in other branches of math who need a liberal education in algebraic geometry, Shafarevich’s book is a must.'' The third edition, in addition to some minor corrections, now offers a new treatment of the Riemann--Roch theorem for curves, including a proof from first principles.  [NAME]'s book is an attractive and accessible introduction to algebraic geometry, suitable for beginning students and nonspecialists, and the new edition is set to remain a popular introduction to the field. | <p>Elementary introduction</p><p>Author is one of the pioneers in the subject</p><p>Author is outstanding mathematics writer</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-38009-9 | Mathematics | Shafarevich | [NAME]; [NAME] | Basic Algebraic Geometry 2 | Schemes and [NAME] |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 280 | Hard cover | Book | 280 p. 33 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM11019 | Algebraic Geometry | PBMW | SCP19005 | Theoretical, Mathematical and Computational Physics | PHU | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Book 1. Varieties in Projective Space: Chapter I. Basic Notions.- Chapter II. Local Properties.- Chapter III. Divisors and Differential Forms.- Chapter IV. Intersection Numbers.- Algebraic Appendix.- References.- Index. | Shafarevich's Basic Algebraic Geometry has been a classic and universally used introduction to the subject since its first appearance over 40 years ago. As the translator writes in a prefatory note, ``For all [advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate] students, and for the many specialists in other branches of math who need a liberal education in algebraic geometry, Shafarevich’s book is a must.''  The second volume is in two parts: Book II is a gentle cultural introduction to scheme theory, with the first aim of putting abstract algebraic varieties on a firm foundation; a second aim is to introduce [NAME] schemes and moduli spaces, that serve as parameter spaces for other geometric constructions. Book III discusses complex manifolds and their relation with algebraic varieties, Kähler geometry and Hodge theory. The final section raises an important problem in uniformising higher dimensional varieties that has been widely studied as the ``Shafarevich conjecture''.  The style of  Basic Algebraic Geometry 2 and its minimal prerequisites make it to a large extent independent of  Basic Algebraic Geometry 1, and accessible to beginning graduate students in mathematics and in theoretical physics. | <p>Elementary introduction</p><p>Author is one of the pioneers in the subject</p><p>Author is outstanding mathematics writer</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-36735-9 | Mathematics | Sidoli | [NAME]; [NAME] | From Alexandria, Through Baghdad | Surveys and Studies in the Ancient Greek and Medieval Islamic Mathematical Sciences in Honor of [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 600 p. | 0 | approx. | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM23009 | History of Mathematical Sciences | PBX | SCM00009 | Mathematics, general | PB | Humanities / History | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-01 00:00:00 |  |  | History of Greek Mathematics.- Mathematical Reconstructions Out, Textual Studies in.- Research on Ancient Greek Mathematical Sciences.- History of Mathematics in the Islamic World.- Mathematics and Her Sisters in Medieval Islam.- A Survey of Research in the Mathematical Sciences in Medieval Islam from 1996 to 2011.- The Life of Pi: From Archimedes to ENIAC and Beyond.- Mechanical Astronomy: A Route to the Ancient Discovery of Epicycles and Eccentrics.- Some Greek Sundial Meridians.- An Archimedean Proof of Heron’s Formula for the Area of a Triangle.- Reading the Lost Folia of the Archimedean Palimpsest.- Acts of geometrical construction in the Spherics of Theodosios.- Archimedes Among the Ottomans.- The “Second” Arabic Translation of Theodosius’ Sphaerica.- More Archimedean than Archimedes: A New Trace of [NAME] work in Latin.- Les mathématiques en Occident musulman.- [NAME] in MS Rabat National Library 2461.- An Ottoman astrolabe full of [NAME] algébriste arabe: [NAME] ibn Aslam.- [NAME] Book on Mensuration.- Hebrew Texts on the Regular Polyhedra.- A Treatise by Bīrūnī on the Rule of Three and its Variations.- Safavid Art, Science, and Courtly Education in the Seventeenth Century.- Translating Playfair’s Geometry into Arabic. | This book honors the career of historian of mathematics [NAME], his scholarship, and service to the broader community. The first part, of value to scholars, graduate students, and interested readers, is a survey of scholarship in the mathematical sciences in ancient Greece and medieval Islam. It consists of six articles (three by [NAME] himself) covering research from the middle of the 20th century to the present. The remainder of the book contains studies by eminent scholars of the ancient and medieval mathematical sciences. They serve both as examples of the breadth of current approaches and topics, and as tributes to [NAME]'s interests by his friends and colleagues. | <p>A one-stop overview for recent scholarship in the field</p><p>A good selection of examples of sound practices in producing new scholarship</p><p>State-of-the-art papers in a range of fundamental topics and methods</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-35157-0 | Mathematics | Simeon | [NAME] | Computational Flexible Multibody Dynamics | A Differential-Algebraic Approach | Differential-Algebraic Equations Forum |  | 1 | 2013 | 249 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 249 p. 64 illus., 9 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Numerical Analysis | PBKS | SCP21018 | Mechanics | PHD | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | A Point of Departure.- [NAME] Motion.- Flexible Multibody Dynamics.- Spatial Discretization.- Stiff Mechanical Systems.- Time Integration Methods.- Numerical Case Studies. | This monograph, written from a numerical analysis perspective, aims to provide a comprehensive treatment of both the mathematical framework and the numerical methods for flexible multibody dynamics. Not only is this field permanently and rapidly growing, with various applications in aerospace engineering, biomechanics, robotics, and vehicle analysis, its foundations can also be built on reasonably established mathematical models. Regarding actual computations, great strides have been made over the last two decades, as sophisticated software packages are now capable of simulating highly complex structures with rigid and deformable components. The approach used in this book should benefit graduate students and scientists working in computational mechanics and related disciplines as well as those interested in time-dependent partial differential equations and heterogeneous problems with multiple time scales. Additionally, a number of open issues at the frontiers of research are addressed by taking a differential-algebraic approach and extending it to the notion of transient saddle point problems. | <p>First comprehensive treatment of mathematical models and numerical methods in the field of flexible multibody dynamics</p><p>Detailed discussion of state-of-the-art numerical methods both from a theoretical and practical viewpoint</p><p>Author is a renowned expert in the field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00439-6 | Mathematics | Soomere | [NAME]; [NAME] | Preventive Methods for Coastal Protection | Towards the Use of Ocean Dynamics for Pollution Control |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 442 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 442 p. 171 illus., 138 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Computational Science and Engineering | PDE | SCM14068 | Mathematical Modeling and Industrial Mathematics | PBWH | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- The Baltic Way Project.- 1. Towards Mitigation of Environmental Risks: T.Soomere.- Part I Modelling the Underlying Dynamics: 2. Topography, [NAME], Circulation and Modelling of the Baltic Sea: [NAME] and A. Lehmann.- 3. Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics and Ocean Modeling: [NAME] Torsvik.- 4. Studying the Baltic Sea Circulation with Eulerian Tracers:  M. Meier and A. Höglund.- 5. [NAME] and their Numerical Modeling: E. Stanev and [NAME] 6. The Gulf of Finland, its Hydrography and Circulation Dynamics: [NAME] and T.Soomere .- Part II Lagrangian Dynamics and Inverse Problems: 7. TRACMASS - A Lagrangian Trajectory Model: [NAME], [NAME] and B. Jönsson.- 8. Evaluation and Tuning of Model Trajectories and Spreading Rates in the Baltic Sea Using Surface-Drifter Observations: [NAME], [NAME] and T.Soomere.- 9. Statistics of Lagrangian Transport Reveals Hidden Features of Velocity Fields: T. Soomere.- 10. Applications of the Inverse Problem of Pollution Propagation: T. Soomere.- 11. Applications of [NAME] and Fate Model for Fairway Design: J.Murawski and J.W.Nielsen.- Concluding Remarks.- Index. | The aim of the book is to present for non-specialist researchers as well as for experts a comprehensive overview of the background, key ideas, basic methods, implementation details and a selection of solutions offered by a novel technology for the optimisation of the location of dangerous offshore activities in terms of environmental criteria, as developed in the course of the BalticWay project.   The book consists of two parts. The first part introduces the basic principles of ocean modeling and depicts the long way from the generic principles to the practical modeling of oil spills and of the propagation of other adverse impacts. The second part focuses on the techniques for solving the inverse problem of the quantification of offshore areas with respect to their potential to serve as a source of environmental danger to vulnerable regions (such as spawning, nursing or also tourist areas).   The chapters are written in a tutorial style; they are mostly self-contained and understandable for non-specialist researchers and students. They are carefully peer-reviewed by international experts. The goal was to produce a book that highlights all key steps, methods, models and data sets it is necessary to combine in order to produce a practically usable technology and/or decision support system for a particular sea region. Thus the book is useful not only as a description and a manual of this particular technology but also as a roadmap highlighting the complicated technical issues of ocean modeling for practical purposes. It describes the approaches taken by the authors in an understandable way and thus is useful for educational purposes, such as a course in industrially and environmentally relevant applications of ocean modeling. ​ | <p>Detailed description of a novel low-cost technology for preventive mitigation of environmental impact of offshore activities   </p><p>Innovative quantification of the offshore through the analysis of properties of current-driven transport in several semi-enclosed seas   </p><p>Applications of sophisticated topics and complicated methods in fluid dynamics and modeling presented in a tutorial style​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7971-0 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Harmonic Analysis on Symmetric Spaces—Euclidean Space, the Sphere, and the Poincaré Upper Half Plane |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 320 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 320 p. 82 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Abstract Harmonic Analysis | PBKD | SCM12058 | Fourier Analysis | PBKF | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 Flat Space. Fourier Analysis on R^m..- 1.1 Distributions or Generalized Functions.- 1.2 Fourier Integrals.- 1.3 Fourier Series and the Poisson Summation Formula.- 1.4 Mellin Transforms, [NAME] and Dedekind Zeta Functions.- 1.5 Finite Symmetric Spaces, Wavelets, Quasicrystals, Weyls Criterion for Uniform Distribution.- Chapter 2 A Compact Symmetric Space--The Sphere.- 2.1 Fourier Analysis on the Sphere.- 2.2 O(3) and R^3. The Radon Transform.- Chapter 3 The Poincaré Upper Half-Plane.- 3.1 Hyperbolic Geometry.- 3.2 Harmonic Analysis on H.- 3.3 Fundamental Domains for Discrete Subgroups Γ of G = SL(2, R).- 3.4 Modular of Automorphic Forms--Classical.- 3.5 Automorphic Forms--Not So Classical--Maass Waveforms.- 3.6 Modular Forms and Dirichlet Series. [NAME] and Generalizations.- References.- Index. | This unique text is an introduction to harmonic analysis on the simplest symmetric spaces, namely Euclidean space, the sphere, and the Poincaré upper half plane.  This book is intended for beginning graduate students in mathematics or researchers in physics or engineering.  Written with an informal style, the book places an emphasis on motivation, concrete examples, history, and, above all, applications in mathematics, statistics, physics, and engineering. Many corrections and updates have been incorporated in this new edition. Updates include discussions of [NAME] and others' work on quantum chaos, the work of T. Sunada, Marie-France Vignéras, [NAME], and others on [NAME] question 'Can you hear the shape of a drum?', [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] examples of Ramanujan graphs, and, finally, the author's comparisons of continuous theory with the finite analogues. Topics featured throughout the text include inversion formulas for Fourier transforms, central limit theorems, Poisson's summation formula and applications in crystallography and number theory, applications of spherical harmonic analysis to the hydrogen atom, the Radon transform, non-Euclidean geometry on the Poincaré upper half plane H or unit disc and applications to microwave engineering, fundamental domains in H for discrete groups Γ, tessellations of H from such discrete group actions, automorphic forms, and the [NAME] trace formula and its applications in spectral theory as well as number theory. | <p>New edition extensively revised and updated</p><p>Features many new examples and figures (such as density plots of modular forms as well as finite analogues)</p><p>New topics include: wavelets, quasicrystals, Ramanujan graphs, elliptic curves, modular knots, triangle and quaternion groups, comparisons of the continuous theory with its finite analogues, and recent progress on [NAME] question "Can you hear the shape of a drum?"</p> | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-94-007-0201-1 | Mathematics | Touzani | [NAME]; [NAME] | Mathematical Models for Eddy Currents and Magnetostatics | With Selected Applications | Scientific Computation |  | 1 | 2014 | 200 | Hard cover | Book | 200 p. 100 illus. | 0 | final | 79.95 | 85.55 | 87.95 | 72 | 115 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Computational Science and Engineering | PDE | SCP19021 | Numerical and Computational Physics | PHU | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | Planned | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Eddy Current Models.- Mathematical framework.- Introduction.- Preliminaries.- The Three-Dimensional Case.- The Two-Dimensional Case.- Maxwell and eddy current equations.- Introduction.- Maxwell equations.- Low frequency approximation.- Static cases.- Time{Harmonic Regime.- Eddy Current Equations.- Two-dimensional models.- Introduction.- A solenoidal two-dimensional model.- A transversal model.- Three-dimensional models.-  A current density formulation.- A magnetic field formulation.- An electric field model.- [NAME] Axisymmetric setting.- A magnetic field model.- A scalar potential model.- Eddy current models with thin inductors.- The two-dimensional solenoidal model.- The two-dimensional transversal model.- Three-dimensional models.- Numerical Methods.- Introduction and main notations.- Standard (H1) finite element method.- A finite element method for the 2-D solenoidal model.- Finite elements for the axisymmetric model.-  Finite elements in H(curl){spaces.- Finite elements in H(div){spaces.- The boundary element method for boundary integral equations.- Approximation of a domain integral equation.- Coupled finite element/boundary element methods.- Part II Selected Applications.- Induction Heating Processes.-  A mathematical model.- Bibliographical comments.- A 2-D stationary problem.- A 2-D time dependent problem.- Numerical experiments.-  An optimal control problem.- Magnetohydrodynamics and Magnetic Shaping.- Incompressible Magnetohydrodynamics.-  Eddy current free boundary problems.- An Electromagnetic Casting problem.- Inductively coupled plasma torches.-  The model.-  Numerical approximation.- A numerical simulation.- Ferromagnetic Shielding.-  Mathematical analysis.-  An iterative procedure.- Solution of the linear problem by a domain decomposition method.-  An iterative procedure for the discrete nonlinear problem.-  Numerical results.- The electrolytic process for aluminium production.- Introduction.- The model.- Numerical approximation.- Numerical results.- Mathematical Symbols.- References.- Index | This monograph addresses fundamental aspects of mathematical modeling and numerical solution methods of electromagnetic problems involving low frequencies, i.e. magnetostatic and eddy current problems which are rarely presented in the applied mathematics literature. In the first part, the authors introduce the mathematical models in a realistic context in view of their use for industrial applications. Several geometric configurations of electric conductors leading to different mathematical models are carefully derived and analyzed, and numerical methods for the solution of the obtained problems are given. Related issues such as convergence of the approximations and error estimates are discussed. The second part of the monograph presents various coupled problems that involve eddy current or magnetostatic problems, in particular magneto-hydrodynamic problems and magnetic shaping problems concerning the melt flow of electrically conducting metals, induction heating processes, inductively coupled plasmas and ferromagnetic screening modeling. The presentation of each model comes with numerical illustration from industrial applications. | <p>Thorough description of eddy current processes from an applied mathematics perspective </p><p>Contains a large list of industrial applications with their mathematical formulations</p><p>Addresses the mathematical analysis of coupled problems involving eddy currents<br></p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11651 | Physics and Astronomy
 | 978-1-4614-7716-7 | Mathematics | Trifković | Mak Trifković | Algebraic Theory of Quadratic Numbers |  | Universitext |  | 1 | 2013 | 203 | Soft cover | Book | X, 203 p. 15 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 29.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM25001 | Number Theory | PBH | SCM11000 | Algebra | PBF | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Examples.- 2 A Crash Course in Ring Theory.- 3 Lattices.- 4 Arithmetic in Q[√D].- 5 The Ideal Class Group and Geometry of Numbers.- 6 Continued Fractions.- 7 Quadratic Forms.- Appendix.- Hints to Selected Exercises.- Index. | By focusing on quadratic numbers, this advanced undergraduate or master’s level textbook on algebraic number theory is accessible even to students who have yet to learn [NAME] theory. The techniques of elementary arithmetic, ring theory and linear algebra are shown working together to prove important theorems, such as the unique factorization of ideals and the finiteness of the ideal class group.  The book concludes with two topics particular to quadratic fields: continued fractions and quadratic forms.  The treatment of quadratic forms is somewhat more advanced  than usual, with an emphasis on their connection with ideal classes and a discussion of Bhargava cubes.The numerous exercises in the text offer the reader hands-on computational experience with elements and ideals in quadratic number fields.  The reader is also asked to fill in the details of proofs and develop extra topics, like the theory of orders.  Prerequisites include elementary number theory and a basic familiarity with ring theory. | <p>Offers an accessible introduction to number theory by focusing on quadratic numbers</p><p>Includes many exercises that provide students with hands-on computational experience with quadratic number fields</p><p>Presents a modern treatment of binary quadratic forms</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00935-3 | Mathematics | Tudor | [NAME] | Analysis of Variations for Self-similar Processes | A Stochastic Calculus Approach | Probability and Its Applications |  | 1 | 2013 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 240 p. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | SCS0000X | Statistics, general | PBT | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction.- Part I Examples of Self-Similar Processes.- 1.Fractional Brownian Motion and Related Processes.- 2.Solutions to the Linear Stochastic Heat and Wave Equation.- 3.Non [NAME] Processes.- 4.Multiparameter Gaussian Processes.- Part II Variations of Self-Similar Process: Central and Non-Central Limit Theorems.- 5.First and Second Order Quadratic Variations. Wavelet-Type Variations.- 6.Hermite Variations for Self-Similar Processes.- Appendices: A.Self-Similar Processes with Stationary Increments: Basic Properties.- B.Kolmogorov Continuity Theorem.- C.Multiple Wiener Integrals and Malliavin Derivatives.- References.- Index.​ | Self-similar processes are stochastic processes that are invariant in distribution under suitable time scaling, and are a subject intensively studied in the last few decades. This book presents the basic properties of these processes and focuses on the study of their variation using stochastic analysis. While self-similar processes, and especially fractional [NAME] motion, have been discussed in several books, some new classes have recently emerged in the scientific literature.  Some of them are extensions of fractional [NAME] motion (bifractional Brownian motion, subtractional Brownian motion, Hermite processes), while others are solutions to the partial differential equations driven by fractional noises. In this monograph the author discusses the basic properties of these new classes of  self-similar processes and their interrelationship. At the same time a new approach (based on stochastic calculus, especially [NAME] calculus) to studying the behavior of the variations of self-similar processes has been developed over the last decade. This work surveys these recent techniques and findings on limit theorems and [NAME] calculus. | <p>Introduces new concepts </p><p>Surveys modern techniques and new results on limit theorems and stochastic calculus </p><p>Useful to probabilists and statisticians​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-38564-3 | Mathematics | Wang | [NAME] | Application of Integrable Systems to Phase Transitions |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 216 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 216 p. 10 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM13120 | Mathematical Applications in the Physical Sciences | PBWH | SCM1221X | Special Functions | PBKF | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Densities in Hermitian Matrix Models.- Bifurcation Transitions and Expansions.- Large-N Transitions and Critical Phenomena.- Densities in Unitary Matrix Models.- Transitions in the Unitary Matrix Models.- Marcenko-Pastur Distribution and [NAME]. | The eigenvalue densities in various matrix models in quantum chromodynamics (QCD) are ultimately unified in this book by a unified model derived from the integrable systems. Many new density models and free energy functions are consequently solved and presented. The phase transition models including critical phenomena with fractional power-law for the discontinuities of the free energies in the matrix models are systematically classified by means of a clear and rigorous mathematical demonstration. The methods here will stimulate new research directions such as the important [NAME] differential in Seiberg-Witten theory for solving the mass gap problem in quantum Yang-Mills theory. The formulations and results will benefit researchers and students in the fields of phase transitions, integrable systems, matrix models and Seiberg-Witten theory. | <p>First book in the field of matrix models to apply integrable systems to solve the phase transition problems<br> <br>The only book to date to provide a unified model for the densities of eigenvalues in quantum chromodynamics (QCD)<br> <br>An application book but with rigorous mathematical proofs to present a systematic classification of phase transition models in the momentum aspect<br><br></p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-25843-5 | Mathematics | [NAME] | Dekai [NAME] | Foundations of Text Alignment | Statistical Machine Translation Models from Bitexts to Bigrammars | Theory and Applications of Natural Language Processing |  | 1 | 2014 | 90 | Hard cover | Book | X, 90p. | 0 | final | 29.95 | 32.05 | 32.95 | 26.99 | 43 | English | Mathematics | SCM13003 | Applications of Mathematics | PBW | SCI21041 | Language Translation and Linguistics | UYQL | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book provides a systematic, foundational introduction to automatic alignment of parallel texts, a family of essential corpus analysis techniques for computing and learning the mappings between corresponding parts of the texts. Bitext alignment lies at the heart of all data-driven machine learning approaches to automatic translation, and the rapid research progress on alignment during the past two decades underlies the success of statistical machine translation approaches.  Alignment is used across a wide range of resource acquisition applications including word sense disambiguation, terminology extraction, and grammar induction, as well as in translation memories and biconcordances for translators' assistants, bilingual lexicographers, and computer assisted language learners. | <p>The book provides a systematic, foundational introduction to automatic alignment of parallel texts</p><p>It surveys a wide variety of fundamental alignment techniques including: IBM and HMM alignment models, techniques for aligning comparable corpora and learning of phrasal bilexicons, more recent alignment techniques such as greedy/competitive approaches and LTG models</p><p><p>Useful for both practitioners and researchers in machine translation, natural language processing, bilingual lexicography, and computer assisted language learners<p></p></p> | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-1-4614-7617-7 | Statistics | Bivand | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Applied Spatial Data Analysis with R |  | Use R! | 10 | 2 | 2013 | 405 | Soft cover | Book | XVIII, 405 p. 121 illus., 89 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 54.99 | 58.84 | 60.49 | 49.99 | 73.5 | English | Statistics | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | SCS14000 | Statistics for Engineering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences | PBT | Statistics / Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Preface 2nd edition.- Preface 1st edition.- Hello World: Introducing Spatial Data.- Classes for Spatial Data in R.- Visualising Spatial Data.- Spatial Data Import and Export.- [NAME] for Handling Spatial Data.- Classes for spatio-temporal Data.- Spatial Point Pattern Analysis.- Interpolation and Geostatistics.- Modelling Areal Data.- Disease Mapping​. | Applied Spatial Data Analysis with R, second edition, is divided into two basic parts, the first presenting R packages, functions, classes and methods for handling spatial data. This part is of interest to users who need to access and visualise spatial data. Data import and export for many file formats for spatial data are covered in detail, as is the interface between R and the open source GRASS GIS and the handling of spatio-temporal data. The second part showcases more specialised kinds of spatial data analysis, including spatial point pattern analysis, interpolation and geostatistics, areal data analysis and disease mapping. The coverage of methods of spatial data analysis ranges from standard techniques to new developments, and the examples used are largely taken from the spatial statistics literature. All the examples can be run using R contributed packages available from the CRAN website, with code and additional data sets from the book's own website. Compared to the first edition, the second edition covers the more systematic approach towards handling spatial data in R, as well as a number of important and widely used CRAN packages that have appeared since the first edition. This book will be of interest to researchers who intend to use R to handle, visualise, and analyse spatial data. It will also be of interest to spatial data analysts who do not use R, but who are interested in practical aspects of implementing software for spatial data analysis. It is a suitable companion book for introductory spatial statistics courses and for applied methods courses in a wide range of subjects using spatial data, including human and physical geography, geographical information science and geoinformatics, the environmental sciences, ecology, public health and disease control, economics, public administration and political science. The book has a website where complete code examples, data sets, and other support material may be found: http://www.asdar-book.org. The authors have taken part in writing and maintaining software for spatial data handling and analysis with R in concert since 2003. | <p>Addresses the needs of researchers and students using R to analyze spatial data across a range of disciplines and professions </p><p>Co-authored by a group involved in the Comprehensive R Archive Network </p><p>Second edition is fully revised</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7427-2 | Statistics | Chakraborty | [NAME]; [NAME] | Statistical Methods for Dynamic Treatment Regimes | Reinforcement Learning, [NAME], and Personalized Medicine | Statistics for Biology and Health | 76 | 1 | 2013 | 204 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 204 p. 22 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Statistics | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | SCS0000X | Statistics, general | PBT | Statistics / Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- The Data: Observational Studies and Sequentially Randomized Trials.- Statistical Reinforcement Learning.- Estimation of Optimal DTRs by Modeling Contrasts of Conditional Mean Outcomes.- Estimation of Optimal DTRs by Directly Modeling Regimes.- G-computation: Parametric Estimation of Optimal DTRs.- Estimation DTRs for Alternative Outcome Types.- Inference and Non-regularity.- Additional Considerations and Final Thoughts.- Glossary.- Index.- References. | Statistical Methods for Dynamic Treatment Regimes shares state of the art of statistical methods developed to address questions of estimation and inference for dynamic treatment regimes, a branch of personalized medicine. This volume demonstrates these methods with their conceptual underpinnings and illustration through analysis of real and simulated data. These methods are immediately applicable to the practice of personalized medicine, which is a medical paradigm that emphasizes the systematic use of individual patient information to optimize patient health care. This is the first single source to provide an overview of methodology and results gathered from journals, proceedings, and technical reports with the goal of orienting researchers to the field. The first chapter establishes context for the statistical reader in the landscape of personalized medicine. Readers need only have familiarity with elementary calculus, linear algebra, and basic large-sample theory to use this text. Throughout the text, authors direct readers to available code or packages in different statistical languages to facilitate implementation. In cases where code does not already exist, the authors provide analytic approaches in sufficient detail that any researcher with knowledge of statistical programming could implement the methods from scratch. This will be an important volume for a wide range of researchers, including statisticians, epidemiologists, medical researchers, and machine learning researchers interested in medical applications. Advanced graduate students in statistics and biostatistics will also find material in Statistical Methods for Dynamic Treatment Regimes to be a critical part of their studies. | <p>Covers newest statistical and computational approaches to the development of dynamic treatment regime models and analysis of data</p><p><p>Provides  a synthesis of methods from the spheres of causal inference and clinical trial design</p><p><p>Comprehensive in scope, touching upon traditional and computational methods for statistical design and interpretation</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7791-4 | Statistics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Converting Data into Evidence | A Statistics Primer for the Medical Practitioner |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 221 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 221 p. 48 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Statistics | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | SCS0000X | Statistics, general | PBT | Statistics / Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​Statistics and Causality.- Summarizing Data.- Statistical Inference: Testing and Estimation.- Confidence Intervals, Another Test, and Statistical Power.- Bivariate Statistical Techniques.- Linear Regression Models.- Nonlinear Regression Models.- Survival Analysis.- Other Regression Techniques.- Concluding Comments.- Glossary.- References.     ​ | Converting Data into Evidence: A Statistics Primer for the Medical Practitioner provides a thorough introduction to the key statistical techniques that medical practitioners encounter throughout their professional careers. These techniques play an important part in evidence-based medicine or EBM. Adherence to EBM requires medical practitioners to keep abreast of the results of medical research as reported in their general and specialty journals. At the heart of this research is the science of statistics. It is through statistical techniques that researchers are able to discern the patterns in the data that tell a clinical story worth reporting. The authors begin by discussing samples and populations, issues involved in causality and causal inference, and ways of describing data. They then proceed through the major inferential techniques of hypothesis testing and estimation, providing examples of univariate and bivariate tests. The coverage then moves to statistical modeling, including linear and logistic regression and survival analysis. In a final chapter, a user-friendly introduction to some newer, cutting-edge, regression techniques will be included, such as fixed-effects regression and growth-curve modeling. A unique feature of the work is the extensive presentation of statistical applications from recent medical literature. Over 30 different articles are explicated herein, taken from such journals. With the aid of this primer, the medical researcher will also find it easier to communicate with the statisticians on his or her research team. The book includes a glossary of statistical terms for easy access. This is an important reference work for the shelves of physicians, nurses, nurse practitioners, physician’s assistants, medical students, and residents. | <p>​Provides a broad statistical overview immediately relevant to postgraduate physicians and nurses </p><p>Provides the essence of potentially esoteric statistical distributions and applications so they are accessible to non -statistician health care professionals </p><p>Utilizes real data sets from recent clinical trials and observational studies in urology to illustrate data analysis techniques</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7380-0 | Statistics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Business Statistics for Competitive Advantage with Excel 2013 | Basics, [NAME] Simulation and Cases |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 449 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 449 p. 406 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Statistics | SCS13004 | Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance | PBT | SCS12008 | Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs | UFM | Statistics / Business, Economics, and Management | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Statistics for Decision Making and Competitive Advantage.- Describing Your Data Chapter.- Hypothesis Tests, Confidence Intervals, and Simulation to Infer Population Characteristics and Differences.- Quantifying the Influence of Performance Drivers and Forecasting: Regression.- Market Simulation and Segmentation with Descriptive Statistics, Inference, Hypothesis Tests, and Regression.- Finance Application: Portfolio Analysis with a Market Index as a Leading Indicator in Simple Linear Regression.- Association between Two Categorical Variables: Contingency Analysis with Chi Square.- Building Multiple Regression Models.- Model Building and Forecasting with Multicollinear Time Series.- Indicator Variables.- Nonlinear Multiple Regression Models.- Indicator Interactions for Segment Differences or Changes in Response.- Logit Regression for Bounded Responses.- Index. | Exceptional managers know that they can create competitive advantages by basing decisions on performance response under alternative scenarios.  To create these advantages, managers need to understand how to use statistics to provide information on performance response under alternative scenarios. This updated edition of the popular text helps business students develop competitive advantages for use in their future careers as decision makers. Students learn to build models using logic and experience, produce statistics using Excel 2013 with shortcuts, and translate results into implications for decision makers. The author emphasizes communicating results effectively in plain English and with compelling graphics in the form of memos and PowerPoints.  Statistics, from basics to sophisticated models, are illustrated with examples using real data such as students will encounter in their roles as managers. A number of examples focus on business in emerging global markets with particular emphasis on emerging markets in Latin America, China and India. Results are linked to implications for decision making with sensitivity analyses to illustrate how alternate scenarios can be compared. Chapters include screenshots to make it easy to conduct analyses in Excel 2013 with time-saving shortcuts expected in the business world.PivotTables and PivotCharts, used frequently in businesses, are introduced from the start. The Third Edition features [NAME] simulation in three chapters, as a tool to illustrate the range of possible outcomes from decision makers’ assumptions and underlying uncertainties. Model building with regression is presented as a process, adding levels of sophistication, with chapters on multicollinearity and remedies, forecasting and model validation, autocorrelation and remedies, indicator variables to represent segment differences, and seasonality, structural shifts or shocks in time series models. Special applications in market segmentation and portfolio analysis are offered, and an introduction to conjoint analysis is included. Nonlinear models are motivated with arguments of diminishing or increasing marginal response. | <p>​​ Focuses on statistical analysis, model building, simulation, sensitivity analysis and translation of results to improve business decisions</p><p><p>Covers the full gamut of Excel properties and utilities for Business Stats, including time saving shortcuts communicated very clearly with concise tables and screen shots</p><p><p>Statistical Analyses are translated into concise Business English Applications that are taken from actual Business problems</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8153-9 | Statistics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; Taras Bodnar | Elliptically Contoured Models in Statistics and [NAME] |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 315 | Hard cover | Book | X, 315 p. 100 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Statistics | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | SCS13004 | Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance | PBT | Statistics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​​​Preliminaries.- Basic Properties.- Probability Density Function and Expected Values.- Mixtures of Normal Distributions.- Quadratic Forms and other Functions of Elliptically Contoured Matrices.- Characterization Results.- Estimation.- Hypothesis Testing.- Linear Models.- Skew Elliptically Contoured Distributions.- Application in Portfolio Theory.- Author Index.- Subject Index. | Elliptically Contoured Models in Statistics and [NAME] fully revises the first detailed introduction to the theory of matrix variate elliptically contoured distributions. There are two additional chapters, and all the original chapters of this classic text have been updated. Resources in this book will be valuable for researchers, practitioners, and graduate students in statistics and related fields of finance and engineering. Those interested in multivariate statistical analysis and its application to portfolio theory will find this text immediately useful. ​In multivariate statistical analysis, elliptical distributions have recently provided an alternative to the normal model. Elliptical distributions have also increased their popularity in finance because of the ability to model heavy tails usually observed in real data. Most of the work, however, is spread out in journals throughout the world and is not easily accessible to the investigators. A noteworthy function of this book is the collection of the most important results on the theory of matrix variate elliptically contoured distributions that were previously only available in the journal-based literature. The content is organized in a unified manner that can serve an a valuable introduction to the subject.​ | <p>Fully revised new edition of this classic text</p><p>​Presents comprehensive overview of elliptical contoured models and their applications to statistics </p><p>The final chapter provides real-life case example of financial modeling from the Dow-Jones Stock Index</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-38299-4 | Statistics | Holický | Milan Holický | Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 164 | Hard cover | Book | X, 164 p. 50 illus., 28 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Statistics | SCS14000 | Statistics for Engineering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences | PBT | SCT17020 | Engineering Design | TBD | Statistics / Engineering and Physics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- 1 Introduction.- 2.Basic Concepts of Probability.- 3.Evaluation of Statistical Data.- 4.Distributions of Random Variables.- 5.Selected Models of Discrete Variables.- 6.Selected Models of Continuous Variables.- 7.Functions of Random Variables.- 8.Estimations of the Population Parameters.- 9.Fractiles of Random Variables.- 10.Testing of Statistical Hypotheses.- 11.Correlation and Regression.- 12.Random Functions.- Appendixes. | The theory of probability and mathematical statistics is becoming an indispensable discipline in many branches of science and engineering. This is caused by increasing significance of various uncertainties affecting performance of complex technological systems. Fundamental concepts and procedures used in analysis of these systems are often based on the theory of probability and mathematical statistics. The book sets out fundamental principles of the probability theory, supplemented by theoretical models of random variables, evaluation of experimental data, sampling theory, distribution updating and tests of statistical hypotheses. Basic concepts of Bayesian approach to probability and two-dimensional random variables, are also covered. Examples of reliability analysis and risk assessment of technological systems are used throughout the book to illustrate basic theoretical concepts and their applications. The primary audience for the book includes undergraduate and graduate students of science and engineering, scientific workers and engineers and specialists in the field of reliability analysis and risk assessment. Except basic knowledge of undergraduate mathematics no special prerequisite is required. | <p>A concise guide on practical applications of probabilistic concepts in engineering </p><p>Includes a number of instructive examples and exercises</p><p>For undergraduate and graduate students</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-36849-3 | Statistics | Härdle | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Basics of Modern Mathematical Statistics | Exercises and Solutions | Springer Texts in Statistics |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. | 0 | approx. | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Statistics | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | SCS0000X | Statistics, general | PBT | Statistics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Basics.- Parameter Estimation for an i.i.d. Model.- Parameter Estimation for a Regression Model.- Estimation in Linear Models.- Bayes Estimation.- Testing a Statistical Hypothesis.- Testing in Linear Models.- Some Other Testing Methods. | ​The complexity of today’s statistical data calls for modern mathematical tools.  Many fields of science make use of mathematical statistics and require continuous updating on statistical technologies. Practice makes perfect,  since mastering the tools makes them applicable.  Our book of exercises and solutions offers a wide range of applications and numerical solutions based on R. In modern mathematical statistics, the purpose is to provide statistics students with a number of basic exercises and also an understanding of how the theory can be applied to real-world problems. The application aspect is also quite important, as most previous exercise books are mostly on theoretical derivations. Also we add some problems from topics often encountered in recent research papers. The book was written for statistics students with one or two years of coursework in mathematical statistics and probability, professors who hold courses in mathematical statistics, and researchers in other fields who would like to do some exercises on math statistics. | <p>​Presents numerous exercises with solutions to help the reader better understand different aspects of modern statistics</p><p>Applications with R and [NAME] code show how to practically use the methods </p><p>Includes numerous explanations and tips on how to apply modern statistical methods</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00839-4 | Statistics | Kharin | [NAME] | Robustness in Statistical Forecasting |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 338 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 338 p. 47 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Statistics | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | Statistics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Symbols and Abbreviations.- Introduction.- A Decision-Theoretic Approach to Forecasting.- Time Series Models of Statistical Forecasting.- Performance and Robustness Characteristics in Statistical Forecasting.- Forecasting under Regression Models of Time Series.- Robustness of Time Series Forecasting Based on Regression Models.- Optimality and Robustness of ARIMA Forecasting.- Optimality and Robustness of Vector Autoregression Forecasting under Missing Values.- Robustness of Multivariate Time Series Forecasting Based on Systems of Simultaneous Equations.- Forecasting of Discrete Time Series.- Index. ​ | Traditional procedures in the statistical forecasting of time series, which are proved to be optimal under the hypothetical model, are often not robust under relatively small distortions (misspecification, outliers, missing values, etc.), leading to actual forecast risks (mean square errors of prediction) that are much higher than the theoretical values. This monograph fills a gap in the literature on robustness in statistical forecasting, offering solutions to the following topical problems: - developing mathematical models and descriptions of typical distortions in applied forecasting problems; - evaluating the robustness for traditional forecasting procedures under distortions; - obtaining the maximal distortion levels that allow the “safe” use of the traditional forecasting algorithms; - creating new robust forecasting procedures to arrive at risks that are less sensitive to definite distortion types. | <p>The first book with a specific focus on robustness of time series forecasting </p><p>Evaluates sensitivity of the forecast risks to distortions and presents new robust forecasting procedures </p><p>Presentation of the material follows the pattern “model → method → algorithm → computation results based on simulated / real-world data”     ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7899-7 | Statistics | Nolan | [NAME]; [NAME] | XML and Web Technologies for Data Sciences with R |  | Use R! | 46 | 1 | 2013 | 790 | Soft cover | Book | X, 790 p. 400 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 48.15 | 51.52 | 52.97 | 43.99 | 75 | English | Statistics | SCS12008 | Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs | UFM |  |  |  | Statistics | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-09-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Data Formats XML and [NAME] from the Web.- XML Applications.- Glossary.- Bibliography.- Index. | Web technologies are increasingly relevant to scientists working with data, for both accessing data and creating rich dynamic and interactive displays.  The XML and JSON data formats are widely used in Web services, regular Web pages and JavaScript code, and visualization formats such as SVG and KML for Google Earth and Google Maps.  In addition, scientists use HTTP and other network protocols to scrape data from Web pages, access REST and SOAP Web Services, and interact with NoSQL databases and text search applications.  This book provides a practical hands-on introduction to these technologies, including high-level functions the authors have developed for data scientists.  It describes strategies and approaches for extracting data from HTML, XML, and [NAME] formats and how to programmatically access data from the Web.  Along with these general skills, the authors illustrate several applications that are relevant to data scientists, such as reading and writing spreadsheet documents both locally and via Google Docs, creating interactive and dynamic visualizations, displaying spatial-temporal displays with Google Earth, and generating code from descriptions of data structures to read and write data.  These topics demonstrate the rich possibilities and opportunities to do new things with these modern technologies.  The book contains many examples and case-studies that readers can use directly and adapt to their own work.  The authors have focused on the integration of these technologies with the R statistical computing environment.  However, the ideas and skills presented here are more general, and statisticians who use other computing environments will also find them relevant to their work. [NAME] is Professor of Statistics at University of California, Berkeley. [NAME] is Associate Professor of Statistics at University of California, [NAME] and member of the R Core Team. | <p>First book of its kind to showcase these developments</p><p>Features useful glossary, bibliography, and index</p><p>Case studies will be useful for statisticians and those using the computing environment</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00629-1 | Statistics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Excel 2010 for Physical Sciences Statistics | A Guide to Solving Practical Problems |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 248 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 248 p. 159 illus., 158 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Statistics | SCS14000 | Statistics for Engineering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences | PBT | SCS0000X | Statistics, general | PBT | Statistics / Engineering and Physics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​ ​Sample [NAME], [NAME], Standard Deviation, and Standard Error of the Mean.- [NAME] Generator.- Confidence Interval About the Mean Using the TINV Function and Hypothesis Testing.- One-Group t-Test for the Mean.- Two-Group t-Test of the Difference of the Means for Independent Groups​.- Correlation and Simple Linear Regression​. | This is the first book to show the capabilities of Microsoft Excel to teach physical sciences statistics effectively.  It is a step-by-step exercise-driven guide for students and practitioners who need to master Excel to solve practical science problems.  If understanding statistics isn’t your strongest suit, you are not especially mathematically-inclined, or if you are wary of computers, this is the right book for you.  Excel, a widely available computer program for students and managers, is also an effective teaching and learning tool for quantitative analyses in science courses.  Its powerful computational ability and graphical functions make learning statistics much easier than in years past.  However, Excel 2010 for Physical Sciences Statistics: A Guide to Solving Practical Problems is the first book to capitalize on these improvements by teaching students and managers how to apply Excel to statistical techniques necessary in their courses and work.Each chapter explains statistical formulas and directs the reader to use Excel commands to solve specific, easy-to-understand science problems.  Practice problems are provided at the end of each chapter with their solutions in an appendix.  Separately, there is a full Practice Test (with answers in an Appendix) that allows readers to test what they have learned.  Includes 159 illustrations in colorSuitable for undergraduates or graduate students | <p>​​​Suitable for upper undergraduates or graduate students</p><p>Includes 159 color screen shots so you can be sure you are performing Excel steps correctly</p><p>Statistical theory and formulas are explained in clear language without bogging the reader down in mathematical fine points  </p><p>You will be told each step of the way, not only <i>how</i> to use Excel, but also <i>why</i> you are doing each step – so you can learn the techniques to apply Excel beyond this book</p><p>You will learn both how to write statistical formulas and how to use drop-down menus to have Excel create formulas for you</p><p>Each chapter includes specific objectives for each concept so you know the purpose of the Excel steps </p><p>Each chapter presents key steps needed to solve practical science problems using Excel.  In addition, three practice problems at the end of each chapter enable you to test your new knowledge.  Answers to these problems appear in [NAME]A “Practice Test” is given in Appendix B to test your knowledge at the end of the book.  Answers appear in Appendix C</p><p>This book purposely does not include a CD of Excel files. Instead, you’ll be shown how to create each Excel file yourself.  In a work situation, your colleagues will not give you an Excel file.  You will be expected to create your own. This book will give you ample practice in developing this important skill</p><p>This book is a tool that can be used either by itself or along with <i>any</i> good statistics book</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7788-4 | Statistics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | State-Space Models | Applications in Economics and Finance | Statistics and Econometrics for Finance | 1 | 1 | 2013 | 363 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 363 p. 68 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Statistics | SCS13004 | Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance | PBT | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | Statistics / Business, Economics, and Management | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Particle Filtering and Parameter Learning in Nonlinear State-Space Models.- Linear State-Space Models in Macroeconomics and Finance.- [NAME], Regime-Switching, and Mathematical Finance.- Nonlinear State-Space Models for High Frequency Financial Data.- Index. | State-space models as an important mathematical tool has been widely used in many different fields. This edited collection explores recent theoretical developments of the models and their applications in economics and finance. The book includes nonlinear and non-Gaussian time series models, regime-switching and hidden [NAME] models, continuous- or discrete-time state processes, and models of equally-spaced or irregularly-spaced (discrete or continuous) observations. The contributed chapters are divided into four parts. The first part is on Particle Filtering and Parameter Learning in Nonlinear State-Space Models. The second part focuses on the application of Linear State-Space Models in Macroeconomics and Finance. The third part deals with Hidden Markov Models, Regime Switching and Mathematical Finance and the fourth part is on Nonlinear State-Space Models for High Frequency Financial Data.  The book will appeal to graduate students and researchers studying state-space modeling in economics, statistics, and mathematics, as well as to finance professionals. | <p>First comprehensive​​ work to explore recent developments of state-space models in economics and finance </p><p>State-space modeling is taught in a wide range of subject areas from economics, finance, and statistics to probability theory and stochastic analysis </p><p>Features contributions from well-known academic and modeling experts </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics